Specifiers
Guide
Fire and voice alarm systems
1. Introduction
Fire and voice alarm systems
Specifier's Guide
Specifiers
Guide
Introduction
Protecting your business,
ensuring continuity.
Eatons knowledge, expertise and products help you protect your people, reputation
and property. From power distribution and critical power management, to fire detection,
access control, mains and emergency lighting, we can help you comply with relevant
regulations and create an environment to keep your business running safe and strong.
Design excellence
Ensuring for energy efficiency,
business comfort, aesthetics
continuity & productivity
Flexible, scalable
solutions for
peace of mind
St Pancras Station
London, UK
ERTI
N C F
IO I
C
T
AT
PREVEN
LPCB
ION BO
S
A
S
R
LO D
SIGNALING
4AC5
FIRE ALARM
EQUIPMENT
Introduction
An introduction to fire systems
Introduction
Distinctive capabilities
Major projects
Design and installation of a fire detection system can often be a complex
process, with each project often bringing its own challenges in making sure the
system is compliant, reliable and easy to operate. Our team of engineers will
partner with your project management team using our expertise to meet the
specific requirements of your project.
Eaton have a great deal of experience handling major projects, including;
Doncaster Civic and Cultural Quarter, London St Pancras and the Hyatt
Resort and Spa, Vietnam. We can help not just with the product and technical
support but also by providing guidance and advice to specifiers and project
management teams on topics such as standards and regulations.
We are BAFE SP203 certified for design, commissioning and maintenance of
fire detection systems, giving our customers the peace of mind they need that
our systems conform with all necessary safety requirements.
Technical support
Our dedicated technical support team are able to offer customers around the
world advice and guidance on a wide variety of technical matters via telephone
or email. In the vast majority of cases, a process of systematic questioning
enables the team to diagnose the challenge and advise the customer on the
appropriate solution.
Sometimes more detailed troubleshooting and analysis methods may be
used to determine the actual requirements and the best way of resolving it.
If necessary, the technical support team will also call on the knowledge and
expertise of Eatons fire business product management, R&D and design
departments to help resolve the customers issue.
In addition, the technical support team can provide customers with assistance
on product information, installation and operating instructions, and the
legislative requirements of your fire detection systems.
Introduction
An introduction to fire systems
Conventional systems
The philosophy of a conventional system revolves around
dividing the building into a number of areas called zones. The
detectors and call points within each zone are then wired on a
dedicated separate circuit.
Addressable systems
Intelligent addressable systems overcome the limitations of
conventional systems as each fire detecting sensor or call point
is electronically coded with a unique identification or 'address'
which is programmed into the device during installation.
Zone 1 Zone 2
15 16 1 2
14 3
13 4
12 5
11 6
10 9 8 7
Zone 3 Zone 4
Sophisticated functionality,
simple operation
2.0 Intelligent addressable systems
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.1 Introduction
An introduction to
intelligent addressable fire systems...
Standard conventional systems utilise simple two state If whilst continually interrogating the smoke and heat
detectors, which simply provide a switch type signal to sensors, the panel determines that the data gathered
the conventional control panel. from a specific device is appropriate to instigate either
a fire, fault or pre alarm condition, it uses the unique
To enable the source of the alarm to be identified, each
identifying number or address to determine which device
zone must be wired using a separate circuit, furthermore
is involved. Consequently the panel can pinpoint and
in the event of a fire alarm being triggered, the panel can
identify precisely which device has triggered the fire,
only identify which zone contains the triggered device, it
fault or pre alarm condition.
is then necessary to manually search the affected zone
to discover the actual cause of the alarm. This level of sophistication removes the need for
each zone of the building to be wired as a separate
Intelligent Addressable systems overcome these
circuit. For this reason intelligent addressable system
limitations, each fire detecting sensor or callpoint is
components are typically connected to the panel using a
electronically coded with a unique identification or
small number of large loops thus greatly simplifying the
address which is programmed into the device during
installation of the system and reducing the installation
installation.
cost.
The control panel is then able to conduct two way
Detectors instead of being simple two state devices
communication with any of the addressable devices
now function as sensors continually communicating with
connected to the system by using the unique
the control panel and providing information regarding
address number to define which device it wishes to
the temperature or concentration of smoke in their local
communicate with. This operates in a similar manner
environment.
to that of a telephone number enabling communication
between specific telephones.
Under normal conditions the control panel continuously Zone 1 Zone 2
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.2 Control panels
CF2000GCPD range -
Intelligent addressable control panel
KERHETS
SA ERTI
& C N C F
IO I
ER
D
SK BRAN
C
T
TIF
AT
PREVEN
LPCB
IERING
ION BO
EN
AB
SV
SBSC
S
A
S
R
LO D
INTYGAD
PRODUKT
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.2 Control panels
LOOP 2 CONNECTIONS
Weight 15kg
Ingress protection IP30 (IF REQUIRED) }
Cable entry Top: 20 entry cable knockouts (20mm) Rear:
7 entry cable knockouts (20mm)
NO C NC - + - + - + - + S+ S- F- F+ S+ S- F- F+ - + + 1- + 2 - + 1- + 2 - TX+ TX-
Catalogue numbers
Code Description
CF2000GCPD Intelligent addressable 2 loop control panel
MFALOG Fire alarm system log book
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.2 Control panels
CF1000VDS range -
Intelligent addressable control panel
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.2 Control panels
Technical specification
Code CF1100VDS CF1200VDS
Description 1 loop control panel 2 loop control panel
Standards EN54 Pt2,1997, A1:2006, EN54 Pt4,1997 A1:2002, EN54 Pt2,1997, A1:2006, EN54 Pt4,1997 A1:2002,
A2:2006, EN54 Pt13: 2005 A2:2006, EN54 Pt13: 2005
Specification
Number of loops 1 2
Addresses per loop 200 200
Number of conventional sounder circuits 2 monitored for open and short circuit (max 1.5A 2 monitored for open and short circuit (max 1.5A
combined) combined)
Auxiliary fire routing equipment output 24V dc 30mA (max) 24V dc 30mA (max)
(monitored)
Auxiliary fire protection equipment output 24V dc 30mA (max) 24V dc 30mA (max)
(monitored)
Auxiliary fault routing equipment output 12V dc 30mA (max) 12V dc 30mA (max)
(monitored)
System operating voltage 24V dc (nom) 24V dc (nom)
Mains input supply 230V ac +10% / -15% 230V ac +10% / -15%
Class change facility Terminals for connection of external contacts, can also Terminals for connection of external contacts, can also
be instigated via input interface be instigated via input interface
Auxiliary relay 1 set of changeover contacts operate in event of fire 1 set of changeover contacts operate in event of fire
condition condition
Output ports RS485, RS232 for connection of repeaters etc RS485, RS232 for connection of repeaters etc
Standby duration Dependant on loop loading and battery configuration Dependant on loop loading and battery configuration
Battery 2 x 12V 7Ah 2 x 12V 7Ah
Environmental
Operating temperature -5C to +40C -5C to +40C
Humidity (non condensing) 0 to 75% RH 0 to 75% RH
Physical
Construction Back box - steel Back box - steel
Dimensions (H x W x D) 375mm x 357mm x 95mm 375mm x 357mm x 95mm
Weight 8kg 8kg
Ingress protection IP30 IP30
Cable entries Top: cable knockouts (20mm) Top: cable knockouts (20mm)
Back: cable aperture Back: cable aperture
System networking Fully networkable up to 126 panels (requires additional Fully networkable up to 126 panels (requires additional
network card, per panel) network card, per panel)
Dimensions
D W
H (mm) W (mm) D (mm)
Panel 375 357 95
Cutout 345 325 50
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
1 loop control panel CF1100VDS
2 loop control panel CF1200VDS
Add to end of product code if network card required NC
Network kit (for retro fit) DF61NETKIT
Passive repeater panel CF3000PRG
Touch-screen repeater panel CTPR3000
Fire alarm system log book MFALOG
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.2 Control panels
CF3000 range -
Intelligent addressable control panel
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.2 Control panels
Technical specification
Code CF30001G CF30002G CF30004G
Description 1 loop control panel 2 loop control panel 4 loop control panel
Standards EN54 Pt2,1997, A1:2006, EN54 Pt4,1997, EN54 Pt2,1997, A1:2006, EN54 Pt4,1997, EN54 Pt2,1997, A1:2006, EN54 Pt4,1997,
A1:2002, A2:2006 EN54 Pt13: 2005 A1:2002, A2:2006 EN54 Pt13: 2005 A1:2002, A2:2006 EN54 Pt13: 2005
Specification
Number of loops 1 2 4
Addresses per loop 200 200 200
Number of conventional 4 monitored for open and short circuit 4 monitored for open and shortcircuit 4 monitored for open and short circuit
sounder circuits
Auxiliary fire routing 24V 30mA (max) 24V 30mA (max) 24V 30mA (max)
equipment output
(monitored)
Auxiliary fire protection 24V 30mA (max) 24V 30mA (max) 24V 30mA (max)
equipment output
(monitored)
Auxiliary fault routing 12V 30mA (max) 12V 30mA (max) 12V 30mA (max)
equipment output
(monitored)
System operating voltage 24V dc (nom) 24V dc (nom) 24V dc (nom)
Mains input supply 230V ac +10% / -15% 230V ac +10% / -15% 230V ac +10% / -15%
Class change facility Terminals for connection of external Terminals for connection of external Terminals for connection of external
contacts, can also be instigated via input contacts, can also be instigated via input contacts, can also be instigated via input
interface interface interface
Auxiliary relay 1 set of changeover contacts operate in 1 set of changeover contacts operate in 1 set of changeover contacts operate in
event of fire condition event of fire condition event of fire condition
Output ports RS485, RS232 for connection of repeaters RS485, RS232 for connection of repeaters RS485, RS232 for connection of repeaters
etc etc etc
Standby duration Dependant on loop loading and battery Dependant on loop loading and battery Dependant on loop loading and battery
configuration configuration configuration
Battery 2 x 12Ah (standard versions) 2 x 12Ah (standard versions) 4 x 12Ah (EB 2 x 12Ah (standard versions) 4 x 12Ah (EB
versions) versions)
Environmental
Operating temperature -5C to +40C -5C to +40C -5C to +40C
Humidity (non condensing) 0 to 75% RH 0 to 75% RH 0 to 75% RH
Physical
Construction Back box - mild steel, front door - PC/ABS Back box - mild steel, front door - PC/ABS Back box - mild steel, front door - PC/ABS
Dimensions (H x W x D) Standard versions: 397mm x 497mm x Standard versions: 397mm x 497mm x Standard versions: 397mm x 497mm x
180mm 180mm EB Versions: 397mm x 497mm 180mm EB Versions: 397mm x 497mm
x 280mm x 280mm
Weight 18kg 18kg 18kg
Ingress protection IP30 IP30 IP30
Cable entries Top: 31 cable knockouts (20mm) Back: 12 Top: 31 cable knockouts (20mm) Back: 12 Top: 31 cable knockouts (20mm) Back: 12
cable knockouts (20mm) cable knockouts (20mm) cable knockouts (20mm)
System networking Fully networkable up to 126 panels Fully networkable up to 126 panels Fully networkable up to 126 panels
(requires additional network card - 1 per (requires additional network card - 1 per (requires additional network card - 1 per
panel) panel) panel)
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.3 Repeater panels
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.3 Repeater panels
1 2 3 4 5
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Passive repeater panel (loop connected) CF3000PRG
Passive repeater panel (network conntected) CF3000PRGNC
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.3 Repeater panels
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.3 Repeater panels
System indicators Power on, fire, fault, test, disable and scroll
System controls Silence alarms, evacuate and reset (full
system control if set as active)
Input ports RS232 (for connection of programmer)
Battery 2 x 12V 3.2Ah
Standby duration 24 hours H (mm) W (mm) D (mm)
Environmental Panel 375 357 95
Operating temperature -5C to +40C Cutout 345 325 50
Humidity (non condensing) 0 to 75% RH
Physical
Construction PC/ABS
Colour Graphite System functionality
Dimensions (H x W x D) 375mm x 357mm x 95mm Panel operates in either normal, supervisor or engineer mode.
Weight 8kg Supervisor and engineer modes are accessed via 4 digit pass
Ingress protection IP30 codes.
Compatibility Supervisor mode allows full system operation
Suitable for use with Eaton intelligent addressable fire systems Engineer mode enables password to be changed if required and
allows access to text download menu.
When connected to network, all text is transmitted via network,
Installation changes to other network panels update automatically.
Wall mounted by means of 4 fixing screws.
Cable entry at top or back.
11 top entry gland holes.
Separate rear access cable entry facilities.
Local mains supply required
Device overview
Panel is connect to the network as part of a networked system.
Supplied with integral power supply and standby battery
Touch-screen end user interface. Panel is connected to the
network as part of a networked system.
Supplied with integral power supply and standby battery
Touch-scren end user interface
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Intelligent addressable touch-screen repeater panel CTPR3000
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Eaton product datasheet CAP320, CAPT340, CAH330
Specifiers guide fire products
Intelligent addressable 2.4 Accessories Intelligent addressable sensors
Our addressable range has multiple options for Features and benefits
intelligent addressable sensors. All sensors are designed
for optimum functionality in mid-large sized builds. They Soft addressed
are all soft addressed and have integral short circuit Integral short circuit isolator
isolators. Single address
This range of intelligent addressable sensors have been Wide range of sensor types
specifically designed to operate with Eaton intelligent 360 visibility LED using lightpipe technology
addressable fire systems. All sensors are third party
Drift compensation
approved to the relevant section of EN54 (part 7 for
smoke detectors & part 5 for heat detectors). Aesthetically pleasing
Quick and simple to install
Single multi-mode heat sensor
Wide viewing angle for increased LED visibility
Common mounting base
Positive lock indication
Discreet design for incorporation into any decor
Easy to maintain/service
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.4 Accessories
Technical specification
Code CAP320 CAPT340 CAH330
Description Optical smoke sensor Photo-thermal sensor Multi-mode heat sensor
Standards EN54 Pt7 2000 + A1:2002, EN54 Pt17 EN54 Pt7 2000 + A1:2002, EN54 Pt17 EN54 Pt7 2000 + A1:2002, EN54 Pt17
Operating volatage 18V dc to 30V dc 18V dc to 30V dc 18V dc to 30V dc
Standby current 220A (max) 220A (max) 220A (max)
Alarm current 5mA (max) 5mA (max) 5mA (max)
Addressing mode Auto address Auto address Auto address
Specification
Mounting position Ceiling in open areas Ceiling in open areas Ceiling in open areas
Mounting options Surface mount with CAB300 base Surface mount with CAB300 base Surface mount with CAB300 base
Area coverage 100m (subject to local standard) 100m (subject to local standard) 100m (subject to local standard)
System wiring Min. 1.5mm, 2 core loop or spur Min. 1.5mm, 2 core loop or spur Min. 1.5mm, 2 core loop or spur
Heat class
Rate of rise N/A A1S A1R
Fixed heat 77C N/A N/A BS
Fixed heat 90C N/A N/A CS
Alarm temperature (static)
AIR N/A 60C 60C
BS N/A N/A 77C
CS N/A N/A 90C
Indication 360 visibility light pipe 360 visibility light pipe 360 visibility light pipe
Environmental
Operating temperature -10C to +60C -10C to +50C -10C to +60C
Humidity (non 0 to 95% RH 0 to 95% RH 0 to 95% RH
condensing)
Physical
Construction PC/ABS PC/ABS PC/ABS
Colour - RAL no. White - 9003 White - 9003 White - 9003
Dimensions excel base 101mm x 33mm 101mm x 43mm 101mm x 43mm
(Dia x D)
Dimensions incl base 104mm x 45mm 104mm x 55m 104mm x 55mm
(Dia x D)
Weight (without base) 76g 76g 76g
IP rating IP30 IP30 IP30
Compatibility
Suitable for use with Eaton intelligent addressable fire systems Eaton intelligent addressable fire systems Eaton intelligent addressable fire systems
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.4 Accessories
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.4 Accessories
D
Code MRIAD
Description Loop connected remote indicator
Specification
Operating voltage 24V dc
Quiescent current 220A H
OUT
IN
Ingress protection IP30
Compatibility - + - +
Suitable for use with Eaton intelligent addressable fire systems Compatible
LOOP
LOOP
OUT
Intelligent Addressable
IN
Control Panel
Installation
1. Mounting plate fixes to single gang back box or can be direct fixed
WARNING:
to wall or ceiling. Do NOT use high voltage testers if ANY equipment is
2. Cable entry is normally from rear but breakouts are provided in
connected to the system.
side of base plate
3. Cables connect to terminals on PCB within base plate.
Screen (Earth) must be continuous along entire length of loop.
4. Front cover is pushed onto base plate and locks in place.
System functionality
Terminal block unplugs
1. MRIAD is addressable and is programmed to activate when for ease of connection
selected detectors are triggered.
2. LED cancels when detector is reset.
3. Low current consumption.
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Intelligent addressable remote indicator MRIAD
Conventional remote indicator CIR301
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.4 Accessories
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.4 Accessories
Code CAB300
Description Standard base
Physical
Construction PC/ABS D
Colour White
Dimensions (Dia x D) 104mm x 22mm
Compatibility
Suitable for use with Eaton intelligent addressable sensors
Dia
Installation
1. Separate terminals are provided for loop in and loop out Dia (mm) D (mm)
connections. 104 22
2. Each terminal can accept up to 2 x 2.5mm cables.
3. Base incorporates a substantial cable entry aperture in the rear of
the base.
Standard connections
4. Breakouts are provided to enable the sensor base to sit neatly
over surface cables and then enter via the rear entry aperture.
+
5. Base mounting incorporates a stand off feature to help prevent remote indicator (optional)
+V
distortion when mounted on an uneven surface.
S+ 4 4
E E
6. Fixings are suitable for standard BESA box or direct fixing to
Intelligent Addressable
Loop start
S-
3 3
Control Panel
suitable surface.
LED
LED
Compatible
F-
Loop finish
1 1
F+
2 2
User interface - VE OUT
terminal can accept 2 x 2.5mm cables earth screen of cable must be continuous
2. Seperate loop in and loop out terminals are provided for each WARNING:
connection. If using the outer connection on terminal 2, ensure the operation of the switch is not impeded
and that there are no shorts between terminal 2 and the switch contact.
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Standard base CAB300
Optical smoke sensor CAP320
Photo/thermal sensor CAPT340
Multi-mode heat sensor CAH330
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.4 Accessories
The intelligent addressable sounder base (CAS380) can Features and benefits
be used both with a sensor or as a stand alone device.
Integral short circuit isolator
The CAS380 is compatible with Eatons range of
Integral sensor mounting base
intelligent addressable sensors and fire systems.
Can be used with a sensor as a sounder base or
This device incorporates a sensor mounting base, a stand alone as a sounder
sensor can be fitted to the sounder base or alternatively
Cover plate (optional)
an optional cover plate (CASC) can be used to enable the
sounder to operate as a dedicated discreet stand alone Quick and simple to install
sounder. First fix base
Selectable tones controlled by the panel
Adjustable volume controlled by the panel
Single point connection for sensor and sounder
(saving on both time and installation costs)
Can be used with a sensor or stand alone
Easy to maintain/service
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.4 Accessories
Code CAS380
Description Sounder base
Standards EN54 Pt3
Specification
Operating voltage 17V dc to 32V dc D
Standby current < 320A
Tones (set by panel) Continuous: 910Hz
Pulsed: 910Hz / 0Hz pulse 1Hz
Two tone: 610 / 910Hz at 1Hz cycle
Slow whoop
Sound output at +/-3dB Low volume : 84dB at < 4mA
at 1 meter (set by panel) Medium volume : 92dB at < 8mA
Dia
High volume : 95dB at < 12mA
Environmental
Dia (mm) D (mm)
Operating temperature -10 to +55C
102 40
Humidity (non condensing) 0 to 95% RH
Physical
Construction PC/ABS
Colour White Standard connections
Dimensions (Dia x D) 120mm x 40mm
Weight 0.2kg
3 3
Ingress protection IP40
Intelligent Addressable
Loop start
- -
+ - + + - +
S+ E 2 E 2
Compatibility
Control Panel
Compatible
S-
Suitable for use with Eaton intelligent addressable fire systems 4 4
Loop finish
F-
LED 1 LED 1
F+
Installation
1. Installation is simple using first fix base. WARNING:
Do NOT use high voltage testers if ANY equipment is connected to the system.
2. First fix base is fixed to mounting surface via 2 fixings holes. Earth screen must be continuous along entire length of loop.
System functionality
1. Volume and tone are set by control panel, no need to
access sounder to alter setting.
2. Soft addressed.
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Sounder base CAS380
Optical smoke sensor CAP320
Photo/thermal sensor CAPT340
Multi-mode heat sensor CAH330
Cover plates (pack of 5) CASC
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.4 Accessories
The intelligent addressable VAD sounder beacon base Features and benefits
(CASBB394) can be used both with a sensor or as a
stand alone device. Integral short circuit isolator
Integral sensor mounting base
The CASBB394 is compatible with the Eaton range of
intelligent addressable sensors and fire systems. Can be used with a sensor as a sounder beacon
base or stand alone as a sounder beacon
This device includes all the features of the intelligent
Cover plate (optional)
addressable sounder base (CAS380) whilst also
incorporating a powerful LED beacon. Quick and simple to install
First fix base
The intelligent addressable beacon base incorporates a
sensor mounting base, a sensor can be fitted directly to Selectable tones controlled by the panel
the base, or alternatively an optional cover plate (CASC) Adjustable volume controlled by the panel
can be used to provide a dedicated discreet stand alone Single point connection for sensor, sounder and LED
device. beacon (saving on both time and installation costs)
Can be used with a sensor or stand alone
Easy to maintain/service
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.4 Accessories
Loop start
- -
Compatible Cooper
+ - + + - +
Control Panel S+ E 2 E 2
Beacon 0.5Hz Flash S-
4 4
Total Loop Resistance for 50 (max)
Loop finish
LED 1 LED 1
correct operation of short F-
F+
circuit isolator
Parallel Fault Resistance to be 200 (typ)
seen at the Control Panel for
isolators to open WARNING:
Continuous Current allowable 700mA (max) Do NOT use high voltage testers if ANY equipment is connected to the system.
Earth screen must be continuous along entire length of loop.
through isolator
Isolator Resistance in closed 0.26 (max) NOTE:
Base terminal 1, 2, 3 and 4 not used. All wiring terminates as shown above.
state
Leakage Current into direct 14mA (max)
short circuit with isolator open
Voltage at which isolator 3.8V to 11V
changes from open to closed
or closed to open state
Maximum switching current 1.5A
of isolator
Installation
1. Installation is simple using first fix base.
2. First fix base is fixed to mounting surface via 2 fixings holes.
3. Cables enter through aperture in base (rear entry only)
4. Main body is then clipped into place on base, main body locks into
place when pressed into position.
5. Cables pass through aperture in sounder body and terminate at
the front.
6. Connections are to connector block on front of main sounder
body.
System functionality
1. Volume and tone are set by control panel, no need to
access sounder to alter setting.
2. Soft addressed.
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Sounder beacon base CASBB394
Optical smoke sensor CAP320
Photo/thermal sensor CAPT340
Multi-mode heat sensor CAH330
Cover plates (pack of 5) CASC
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.4 Accessories
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.4 Accessories
Technical specification
Code CBG370S CBG370WP
Description Surface / flush mounting callpoint Weatherproof callpoint
Standards EN54 Pt11 EN54 Pt11
Specification
Operating voltage 17V dc to 32V dc 17V dc to 32V dc
Quiescent current < 250A < 250A
Environmental
Operating temperature -10C to +55C -10C to +55C
Humidity (non condensing) 0 to 93% RH 0 to 93% RH
Physical
Construction PC/ABS PC/ABS
Colour Red Red
Dimensions (H x W x D) 87mm x 87mm x 57mm (36mm flush) 87mm x 87mm x 59mm
Weight 0.2kg 0.2kg
Ingress protection IP42 IP65
Compatibility
Suitable for use with Eaton intelligent addressable fire systems Eaton intelligent addressable fire systems
Installation Dimensions
1. Surface callpoint has standard rear BESA fixing facilities. In W
addition, back box can accept top or bottom surface entry cables.
Surface callpoint can also be flush mounted.
2. Callpoint has test facility via special test key to prevent
unauthorised operation.
3. Insertion of test key for test purposes and for cover removal is H
at bottom of callpoint to facilitate ease of access when mounted
next to door architrave.
4. Test key is dual function, used to test callpoint operation by
simulating activation and also to allow removal of clip on cover to
gain access to element. D
User interface
1. To enable quick and simple installation, callpoints use a fast fit self
locking clip on front cover which is very simple to fit, but once in
place, can only be removed by use of a special key (supplied).
2. Callpoint is triggered by pressing against the element.
Standard connections
Screen
Screen
OUT
IN
E - + E - + Catalogue numbers
Compatible
LOOP
LOOP
Description Code
OUT
Intelligent Addressable
IN
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.4 Accessories
Two versions of the intelligent addressable wall sounder Features and benefits
are available in this range, the internal CAS381 and the
weatherproof CAS381WP. Loop powered
Soft addressed
Both the CAS381 and the CAS381WP are compatible
with Eatons range of intelligent addressable fire Integral short circuit Isolator
systems. High efficiency design
The high efficiency design of these intelligent Simple clip fixing assembly
addressable wall sounders offer excellent sound output Two models available
levels despite the low current consumption. - Internal
- Weatherproof
CAS381
Quick and simple to install
This device is designed for wall mounting, has a
Low current consumption
choice of different tones and volume levels, a built in
short circuit isolator and is soft addressed for ease of Selectable tone controlled by the panel
installation. Adjustable volume controlled by the panel
CAS381WP First fix back box
IP65 version available
This device is IP66 rated and therefore suitable for
external and wash down areas, it is designed for Easy to maintain/service
wall mounting, has a choice of different tones and
volume levels, a built in short circuit isolator and is soft
addressed for ease of installation.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.4 Accessories
Technical specification
Installation Dimensions
w
CAS381
1. Installation is simple using first fix base. D
Screen
OUT
IN
System functionality
E - + E - +
CAS381/CAS381WP Compatible
LOOP
LOOP
OUT
Intelligent Addressable
IN
1. Volume is set by fire control panel, no need to access sounder to Control Panel
alter setting.
2. Tone is set by fire control panel, no need to access sounder to
alter setting. WARNING:
Do NOT use high voltage testers if ANY equipment is
connected to the system.
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Internal wall sounder CAS381
Weatherproof wall sounder CAS381WP
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.4 Accessories
The intelligent addressable open class visual alarm Features and benefits
device (CASB393) offers low current consumption,
multiple sound output levels and LED visual notification. Integral short circuit isolator
Loop powered
The open class VAD comes in two variants, the standard
CASB393 and the weatherproof CASB393WP, which is Soft addressed
IP66 rated meaning it is ideal for outdoor locations. Quick and simple to install
Both variants of the open class VAD are suitable for Selectable tones controlled by the panel
markets where EN54-23 VADs are a requirement. Adjustable volume controlled by the panel
IP66 version available as both an internal and
weatherproof variant available
Easy to maintain/service
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.4 Accessories
Installation Warning
Do NOT use high voltage testers if ANY equipment is connected to the
1. Installation is simple using first fix base. system.
2. First fix base is fixed to mounting surface via 2 fixings holes. Earth screen must be continous along entire length of the loop.
3. Cables entry can be rear or side
4. Main body is then clipped into place on base, main body locks into
place when pressed into position.
5. Cables pass through aperture in sounder body and terminate at
the front.
6. Connections are to connector block on main sounder body.
System functionality
1. Volume and tone are set by control panel, no need to access
sounder to alter setting.
2. Soft addressed.
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Open class VAD CASB393
Weatherproof open class VAD CASB393WP
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.4 Accessories
Two versions of the intelligent addressable loop powered Features and benefits
reflective beam detectors are available in this range,
the MAB50R with a range of up to 50 metres and the Loop powered
MAB100R with a range of 50 to 100 meters. Soft addressed
Both the MAB50R and the MAB100R are compatible Integral short circuit Isolator
with Eatons range of intelligent addressable fire Single address
systems. Reflective beam detection
These intelligent addressable loop powered reflective Two models available
beam detectors are extremely simple to install, they - up to 50m
require no separate power supply, operate on a reflective - 50m to 100m
principle and have a simple set up mode to enable easy Quick and simple to setup
and quick alignment during installation.
Saves on both time and installation costs
These units are designed to replace individual point No power supply required
detectors in large open areas such as warehouses.
Single device to install instead of numerous point
Fire and fault conditions are signalled to the control detectors
panel using standard loop wiring so no additional Single point of maintenance
interconnection required.
Wall mounted for ease of maintenance, especially in
warehouses with racking
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.4 Accessories
Technical specification
Code MAB50R MAB100R
Description Reflective beam detector Reflective beam detector
Standards EN54 Pt12 2002 & Pt17 2005 EN54 Pt12 2002 & Pt17 2005
Specification
Operating voltage 18V dc to 30V dc 18V dc to 30V dc
Quiescent current < 5mA (no LEDs illuminated) < 5mA (no LEDs illuminated)
Alarm current < 9mA < 9mA
Alignment current < 18mA < 18mA
Power up time 10 seconds (approx) 10 seconds (approx)
Operating range 5 to 50 metres 50 to 100 metres
Operating width 15 meters 15 meters
Tolerance to beam misalignment at 35% Detector 0.8, Prism 5.0 Detector 0.8, Prism 5.0
Fire alarm thresholds 2.50dB (25%) 3.74dB (35%) 6.02dB (50%) 2.50dB (25%) 3.74dB (35%) 6.02dB (50%)
Optical wavelength 880nm 880nm
Environmental
Operating temperature -10C to +55C -10C to +55C
Humidity (non condensing) 0 to 93% RH 0 to 93% RH
Physical
Construction PC/ABS PC/ABS
Colour White & black White & black
Dimensions (H x W x D) 210mm 130mm x 120mm 210mm 130mm x 120mm
Weight 0.8kg 0.8kg
Ingress protection IP40 IP40
Compatibility
Suitable for use with Eaton intelligent addressable fire systems Eaton intelligent addressable fire systems
Installation Dimensions
1. Must be fixed to solid structure.
2. Recommended mounting height is 0.3 to 0.6 metres below the
ceiling.
3. Cables can be terminated into separate termination box (not
supplied) or use purpose designed mounting bracket (MRBFP) H D
ordered separately.
4. Mounting bracket has facilities for glanding of incoming cables
plus simple fixing of beam detector. H (mm) W (mm) D (mm)
5. Test filter is supplied with detector to simulate required smoke 210 130 120
obscuration level and confirm correct operation. W
LOOP
OUT
Intelligent Addressable
IN
Control Panel
System functionality
Beam detectors have 3 modes:
1. Prism targeting mode - designed to provide simple initial screen connected using suitable terminal in backbox
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Reflective beam detector (50m range) MAB50R
Reflective beam detector (100m range) MAB100R
Mounting bracket MRBFP
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.4 Accessories
The duct mounting probe unit is designed for use with Features
Eatons range of addressable and conventional optical
MDP201
smoke sensors / detectors.
Duct width range 300mm to 1500mm
5 to 50 metres
The presence of smoke in a ventilation duct is detected
Duct air speed range 1m/s to 20m/s
by sampling the airflow through the duct via two Detector 0.8
sampling tubes. A detector and base are mounted within Prism 5.0
the sampling chamber, which is located on the external Temperature range -20C or +60C
skin of the duct, with sample and exhaust probes
passing into the duct in an area of low turbulence. The
unit requires an analogue optical sensor or conventional
optical detector and corresponding base and is supplied Duct probe unit shown with
with full fixing instructions. optical detector - detector
and base must be ordered
separately.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.4 Accessories
Selecting location
To avoid excessive turbulence, the duct probe should be placed in a
straight section of duct at a distance from any bends of least three
duct widths. If the duct has several extraction points that combine into
one duct the duct probe sensitivity will be reduced, it is recommended
therefore, that each duct is fitted with its own duct probe.
Testing
A small hole fitted with a plug is on the exhaust side of the duct probe
so that smoke can be used to check the detector is operational without
removing the lid. ENSURE THE PLUG IS REFITTED AFTER TESTING.
Servicing
The duct probe should be checked regularly to ensure there is no
build-up of dirt. If dirt etc has accumulated in the sampling unit then
the detector should be removed from the duct probe and the tubes,
elbows etc, cleaned.
Installation diagrams
264.00mm 188.00mm
80mm
CABLE ENTRY
90 ELBOWS 20mm (3/4)
132.00mm
28mm
AIR FLOW
20mm
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Duct mounting probe MDP201
Addressable optical smoke sensor CAP320
Addressable standard base CAB300
Conventional multimode detector FXN922
Conventional optical smoke sensor CPD321
Conventional standard base CDBB300
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.5 Standard interfaces
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.5 Standard interfaces
Compatibility
Suitable for use with Eaton intelligent addressable fire OUT IN CALLPOINT DETECTOR
systems LOOP ZONE ZONE
NOTES:
1. Earth (Screen) cable must be connected to its adjacent earth terminal.
2. The end of line resistor must always be fitted, even if input is not used.
NOTES:
3. Maximum spur length - see BS5839 Pt:1 2002 for zone coverage.
1. 4. There
Earth
is no (Screen) cable
maximum number must be callpoints
of conventional connected allowedtoperitszone
adjacent
output. earth
5. Unit can only be used with its respective Cooper fire systems and compatible sensor and base.
terminal.
2. The end of line resistor must always be fitted, even if input is not
used.
3. Maximum spur length - see BS5839 Pt:1 20013 for zone coverage.
4. There is no maximum number of conventional callpoints allowed
per zone output.
5. Unit can only be used with its respective Eaton fire systems
compatible sensors and bases.
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Zone monitor unit CZMU352
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.5 Standard interfaces
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.5 Standard interfaces
Code CSI350
Description Spur isolator unit
Standards EN54 Pt17 2005 H
Specification
Quiescent current 170A
Environmental
Operating temperature -10C to +60C
Humidity (non condensing) 0 to 95% RH
W
Physical D
Construction PC/ABS
H (mm) W (mm) D (mm)
Dimensions (H x W x D) 88mm x 147mm x 60mm
88 147 60
Weight 0.23kg
Ingress protection IP40
Compatibility
Suitable for use with Eaton intelligent addressable fire systems Standard connections
Installation
E
1. Please refer to local installation standards for details of the
maximum allowable area to be covered by a single zone. OUT
NOTES:
NOTES:
1. EarthEarth
1. (Screen) cable cable
(Screen) must be connected
must to its adjacent
be connected earth terminal.
to its adjacent earth terminal.
2. For maximum spur length/load see BS5839 Pt1:2002.
2. Maximum spur length - see BS5839 Pt:1 20013 for zone coverage.
3. Unit can only be used with its respective Cooper fire systems and compatible sensor and base.
3. Unit can only be used with its respective Eaton fire systems compatible sensors and
bases.
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Spur isolator unit CSI350
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.5 Standard interfaces
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.5 Standard interfaces
Code CSUM355 D
Description Shop monitor unit
Standards EN54 Pt17 & Pt18 2005
Specification
Operating voltage 15V dc to 30V dc
H
Quiescent current 3.4mA (max)
Quiescent load current 2.8mA (max)
Alarm current 8mA (max)
Zone circuits
Number of input circuits 2 W
Zone circuit 1 Callpoints only
Zone circuit 2 Detectors and callpoints H W D
Number of callpoints Unlimited (mm) (mm) (mm)
Callpoint resistance 470 to 680 129 180 60
Zone circuit 1 eol 6K8
Zone circuit 2 eol Active EOL
Number of detectors 20 (max)
Standard connections
Short circuit fault threshold 150
24V dc output
Open circuit fault threshold N/A active EOL EOLM-1 power supply unit
FAULT CONTACT 24V
Sounder circuits 6K8 12K 12K
N/O O/P
Environmental
Operating temperature -10C to +60C E - + E - + E - + E - + N/O C N/C + - + - E - +
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Shop monitor unit CSUM355
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.5 Standard interfaces
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.5 Standard interfaces
Weight 0.23kg
Ingress protection IP40
OUTPUTS
Compatibility E - + E - + - + - + - + N/O C N/C N/O C N/C N/O C N/C
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
3 channel I/O unit (resets on reset) CIO351
3 channel I/O unit (resets on silence alarms) CIO351S
3 channel I/O unit (resets on reset - CIO351T
recognised as 3 addresses)
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.5 Standard interfaces
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.5 Standard interfaces
E - + E - + - + E C N/C N/O
Installation
1. Mains rated input relay is designed for surface fixing.
2. All connections are via heavy duty terminals. IN OUT
SPUR INPUT
3. Cable entry can be top, bottom or side.
NOTES:
4. Output relay contacts are rated at 230V ac. 1. Earth (Screen) cable must be connected to its adjacent earth terminal.
NOTES:
2. The end of line resistor must always be fitted, even if input is not used.
1. Earth
3. Input circuit (Screen)
is monitored cable must
for wiring beshort
open and connected
circuit. to its adjacent earth
4. Output relay is a set of changeover volt free-contacts and is not monitored.
terminal.
2. The end of line resistor must always be fitted, even if input is not
used.
3. Input circuit is monitored for wiring open and short circuit.
4. Output relay is a set of changeover volt free-contacts and is not
monitored.
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
230V ac relay unit CMIO353
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.5 Standard interfaces
The CGI420 and CGI420R are 4 to 20mA intelligent Features and benefits
addressable modules designed to interface with gas
detection modules and are compatible with Eaton Soft addressed
intelligent addressable control panels. Integral short circuit isolator
These interfaces have a unique address on the loop and Single address
built in isolator for loop short circuit protection. Ideal interface for gas detection modules
Each of the DIL switches JP1, JP2 and JP3 can be 3 volt free outputs for each of the 3 alarm levels
programmable to set the threshold level for pre-alarm 1, (optional)
pre-alarm 2 and alarm respectively. 3 programmable volt free outputs rated at 24 Vdc at
9A
This can be expressed as a percentage of L.E.L. (lower
explosion limit) or P.P.M. (parts per million). Requires external power supply
The supply to the gas detector is taken directly from
the interface
Programmable levels of sensitivity
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
4 to 20mA interface CGI420
4 to 20mA interface (relay output) CGI420R
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.5 Standard interfaces
The fan controller units, FC18 and FC6, are designed Features and benefits
to work with the Eaton range of intelligent addressable
control panels, providing the capability to control and Soft addressed
display the status of AHU fans. Integral short circuit isolator
The FC18 and FC6 are connected to an Eaton intelligent Single address
addressable control panel by means of the comms loop, Designed to operate in conjunction with Eatons
utilizing only one address (three addresses on the FC18) technical I/O unit (CFC301)
whilst providing the ability to monitor and control up to Comprehensive LED display
18/6 AHU fans.
Surface or rack mounting
Each FC18 and FC6 unit incorporates its own CPU Key operated auto/manual operation
specifically configured to control the relevant input and
Comprehensive cause and effect software
output logic making programming quick and easy via the
Eaton site installer software. Controls:
- FC6 up to 6 fans
Using Eaton site installer software, each individual - FC18 up to 18 fans
fan control channel is programmed to an output and
Automatic or manual operation
feedback input field device to control and monitor the
status of an AHU fan. Quick and simple to install
No hard addressing required (Plug and play)
Cost effective installation solution
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.5 Standard interfaces
Technical specification
Dimensions
H
H
W
D
W D
H W D
Description (mm) (mm) (mm)
FC6 (Right) 125 155 42
Catalogue numbers
FC18 (Left) 133 482 30
Description Code
Fan controller unit (surface mount) FC6
Fan controller unit (rack mount) FC18
Fan controller unit (australia standard - supplied w/o FC6-AU
back box)
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.5 Standard interfaces
This device has been designed to meet the requirements Features and benefits
of todays building management systems, switching
controls and dampers offering manual control, cause & Soft addressed
effect programming and monitoring capabilities when Integral short circuit isolator
integrated with the Cooper range of control modules. Requires two addresses
The technical I/O unit (CFC301) was designed to be Designed to operate in conjunction with Eatons fan
installed in any convenient position on the loop local to controller unit (FC6/18)
the various elements of building services and provides a Simplified BMS interface for system control
cost effective installation solution.
Meets the requirements of todays building
The device is associated to the relevant Eaton control management systems
& display device by utilising Eatons site installer 3 mode settings available
software and coupled with the Eatons devices makes
Quick and simple to install
programming effortless and reliable. Data linking the two
devices is sent via the addressable loop. No hard addressing required (Plug and play)
Control and feedback in one unit
Further flexibility is offered to the installer & end user
with the ability to change the CFC301s relay output Cost effective installation solution
configuration with 3 mode settings available; this is
easily selected by terminating a 22K resistor across input
2 or 3.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.5 Standard interfaces
OUTPUTS
E - + E - + - + - + - + N/O C N/C N/O C N/C N/O C N/C
IN OUT INPUTS
LOOP
NOTES:
1. Earth (Screen) cable must be connected to its adjacent earth terminal.
2. The end of line resistor must always be fitted, even if input is not used.
3. Input circuit is monitored for wiring open and short circuit.
4. Output relay is a set of changeover volt free-contacts and is not monitored.
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Technical I/O unit CFC301
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.5 Standard interfaces
These addressable mimic relay boards, CIOP4 and Features and benefits
CIOP8, are 4 and 8 way soft addressing output modules,
incorporating integral short circuit isolators. Loop powered
Units can be soft or hard addressed
Both the CIOP4 and the CIOP8 mimic relay boards
are fully compatible with the current range of Eaton Integral short circuit isolator
intelligent addressable control panels. The units are Single address
suitable for switching low voltage (24V dc at 1A 4 input, 4 output version
maximum), via a set of non latching relay contacts. 4 input, 8 output version
The flexibility of these modules is further enhanced PCB version incorporates 4 inputs:
by the fact that each output can be programmed for a - Reset
range of triggers such as disablement, fault, fire, test - Silence
panel, test zone pre-alarm, fire routing equipment, fire - Evacuate
protecting equipment and reset with up to 16 different - Test
trigger sources per output. 16 settings per output
The trigger source can be global, by panel, by loop, by Trigger types: fire, fault, disablement, test, pre-
zone or by address. The logic is available in both OR & alarm, FRE, FPE, reset
AND functions. Trigger source: global, by panel, by loop, by zone, by
These units have an additional 4 inputs which can initiate address
a reset, silence, evacuate and test function. Logic functions (OR and AND)
They can be programmed using the CF3000 Quick and simple to install
programmable site installer software and downloaded Pluggable terminals for ease of wiring
using the RS232 port. Programmable via site installer software
Cost effective installation solution
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.5 Standard interfaces
Technical specification
Dimensions
D
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
4 Way mimic relay board, 4 inputs, 4 ouputs CIOP4
8 Way mimic relay board, 4 inputs, 8 outputs CIOP8
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.6 Micro interfaces
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.6 Micro interfaces
Code MIU872
Description Micro zone monitor unit
Standards EN54 Pt17 & Pt18
Specification
Operating voltage 18.5V dc to 30V dc D
IN+
Environmental IN-
Physical
Construction PC/ABS
Dimensions (H x W x D) 63mm x 35mm x 18.5mm
Mounting details
Weight 0.28kg
Ingress protection IP40
Compatibility
Suitable for use with Eaton intelligent addressable fire
systems
22mm
Recommended loop/cable Fire Tuff, FP200, MICC
Installation
1. Suitable for use with any Eaton conventional detector.
2. Connections suitable for single strand fireproof cable up to 37.5mm
2.5mm2.
3. Loop and input cable screen must be connected to interface earth
terminals.
Note: No addressing of the interface is required (see control panel
operation for details).
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Micro zone monitor unit MIU872
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.6 Micro interfaces
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.6 Micro interfaces
Code MCIM
Description Micro single channel input unit
Standards EN54 Pt17 & Pt18
Specification D
Operating voltage 18V dc to 30V dc
Quiescent current 310A
Inputs
Trigger resistance 5K6 W H
22mm
Compatibility
Suitable for use with Eaton intelligent addressable
fire systems
Recommended loop/cable type Fire Tuff, FP200, MICC
Installation 37.5mm
1. Inputs monitored for open and short circuit fault conditions.
2. Suitable for monitoring normally open volt free contacts (flow
switches etc). Standard connections
3. Connections suitable for single strand fireproof cable up to
2.5mm2.
4. Loop and input cable screen must be connected to interface earth 5K6
IN+
terminals. 22K
IN-
LOOP IN
5. The end of line monitoring resistor, must always be fitted at the EARTH
end of the input wiring, if the input is unused the end of line INPUT
LOOP OUT
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Micro single channel input unit MCIM
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.6 Micro interfaces
The MCOM is fully compatible with the current range of Features and benefits
Eaton intelligent addressable fire control panels.
Quick and simple to install
It is suitable for switching low voltage (24V dc at 1A
maximum), via a set of non latching relay contacts. Compact size
Soft Addressed
It is suitable for switching HVAC control circuits, plant
shutdown control circuits, fire door closure etc. Integral short circuit isolator
Plug and play, no hard addressing required
No external short circuit isolator required
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.6 Micro interfaces
22mm
Suitable for use with Eaton intelligent addressable
fire systems
Recommended loop/cable type Fire Tuff, FP200, MICC
Installation
1. Suitable for switching 24V dc control circuits (fire door retainers 37.5mm
etc).
2. Connections suitable for single strand fireproof cable up to
2.5mm2. Standard connections
3. Loop and output cable screen must be connected to interface
earth terminals.
4. The relay output is a set of change over, non-latching, volt free N/O
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Micro single channel output unit (recognised as output unit) MCOM
Micro single channel output unit (recognised as sounder) MCOM-S
Micro single channel output unit (5 second reset pulse) MCOM-R
Mini module box unit (empty box, can fit 3 modules) ULBU
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.7 BMS and networking interfaces
The EC0232, Lon to RS232 adapter allows connection of Features and benefits
Eatons system network (LonWorks) devices to PC based
applications such as site monitor, site graphics. Allows connection of Eatons system network
devices to PC based applications
The EC0232PAVA offers a similar interfacing facility to
Can be connected at any point on peer to peer
the HMX PA/VA (public address voice alarm) system by
network
withholding the handshaking functionality, and if required
the EC0232PAVA3D offers an additional 3 minute time Allows Eatons system network to be connected to
delay before the voice alarm function is actuated. The PC or PA/VA
bi-directional link allows the status of the HMX PA/VA Integrates PC based applications
system to be displayed and monitored at the control Integrates PA/VA systems, site monitor and
panel. Different messages may be played depending on graphpack
the configuration of the cause and effect programming. Flexibility to use any PC application
The interface may be located anywhere on Eatons peer
to peer network allowing information from any intelligent
addressable control panel to be routed through the bi-
directional RS232 port to PC or PA/VA system.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.7 BMS and networking interfaces
EC0232 / EC0232PAVA /
Code EC0232PAVA3D
Description Lon to RS232 adapter
Specification
H
Mains supply 230V ac +10% -15%
D
Communication protocol LonWorks
W
LonWorks connectors Screw terminal block
LonWorks rate 78 Kbps / 1.25 Mbps
H W D
Bit error rate 10e-9 (mm) (mm) (mm)
Serial baud rate 4800 bd 36 116 135
Network termination 102 ohm (if required)
Environmental
Operating temperature -10C to +70C Mechanical layout and standard connection
Humidity (non condensing) 20 to 95% RH
Physical
Installation
1. Ensure that the power supply is switched off during installation.
2. Take care when inserting the RS232 connector to avoid damage.
3. Connect the LonWorks network cables. Cooper Fire LonWorks Network connections RS232 230V ac supply
connection to PC
4. Repower the system.
5. The EC0232 range of devices simply translate the LonWorks
RS232 Connection to PC or HMX PA/VA
protocol and will require no setup or configuration.
Network Connections to Eatons LonWorks Network
Power 230V ac mains supply
Typical system architecture
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Lon to RS232 adapter EC0232
Lon to RS232 adapter EC0232PAVA
(For HMX pa/va system - no handshake)
Lon to RS232 adapter EC0232PAVA3D
(For HMX pa/va system - 3 min time delay)
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.7 BMS and networking interfaces
The control panels on Eatons fire network communicate Features and benefits
using pre-configured network- variables and cannot
normally be used with a BMS where binding is required. Allows Eatons fire network to be controlled by a
LonWorks enabled BMS
The EC200 dual-channel LonWorks BMS interface is
Uses Echelon FT5000 smart transceivers for high
an add-on to the network which translates the pre-
noise immunity
configured network variables to a set of un-configured
network variables which can then be bound to a BMS, 32 message input buffer
giving full access to the fire network data. Compact DIN rail mounting enclosure
The gateway has 2 channels: Fully compatible with Eatons fire network (no need
for binding)
Channel 1 - connects to the Eaton fire network
Open protocol to 3rd party BMS system
Channel 2 - connects to the BMS
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.7 BMS and networking interfaces
Code EC200
Description Dual-channel LonWorks BMS interface
Standards CE / UL compliant
H
Specification
Supply voltage 12V dc to 30V dc
Supply current < 30mA
Transceivers Echelon FT5000 / FT-X1
Baudrate 78kbs
W
Connectors 5mm screw terminals
D
Physical
H (mm) W (mm) D (mm)
Enclosure ABS DIN rail mounting.
86 105 58
Dimensions (H x W x D) 86mm x 105mm x 58mm
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Dual-channel LonWorks BMS interface (non handshake) EC200
Dual-channel LonWorks BMS interface (handshaking) EC200H
Dual-channel LonWorks BMS interface EC200S
(self configuring for use with EC700)
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.7 BMS and networking interfaces
The EC400 is high performance, reliable and secure Features and benefits
network infrastructure device for accessing Eatons Lon
Network of intelligent addressable control panels over Uses existing infrastructure
intranet or ethernet. Ideal for remote mounting when used with Eaton
webserver software
The EC400s built in configuration server manages up
to 256 IP devices on 1 IP channel without a dedicated Easy to configure
management PC.
This unit supports DHCP even with changing IP
addresses in an intranet environment.
The easy to understand, diagnostic LEDs allow installers
to install and troubleshoot the device without expert
knowledge and dedicated troubleshooting tool.
To connect to Eatons Lon network via intranet will
require a minimum of 2 EC400s. The first EC400 must
be configured as a configuration server and the
second as a client.
The EC400 when configured as a server requires the
address list of all the EC400s IP addresses in the
network.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.7 BMS and networking interfaces
Code EC400
Description TCP/IP Interface H
Specification
Operating voltage 9V dc to 35V dc
Power consumption 3W (typical)
In rush current Up to 950mA at 24V ac
W
Environmental D
Ethernet/Internet
OFF
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
TCP/IP interface EC400
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.7 BMS and networking interfaces
The Lon Network Booster (EC540) is the solution to Smart switch mode
interconnect multiple EIA-709 channels.
The plug and play installation capability of the (EC540)
This unit provides up to 5 ports and routes packets allows connecting it to the network without any further
between these ports. In spite of its small size the EC540 configuration. The smart switch technology automatically
provides best class performance and flexibility in use. detects the bit rates of the connected channels, learns
In order to provide the optimal router configuration the the configuration of the network (domains, subnet/node
EC540 supports 2 to 5 ports as well as the 2 operating addresses, group addresses) and forwards the packets
modes smart switch mode and configured router between the different ports of the (EC540).
mode.
Configured router mode
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.7 BMS and networking interfaces
Code EC450
Description Lon Network Booster
H
Specification
Operating Voltage 9V dc to 35V dc / 9V ac to 24V ac
Physical
Dimensions (H x W x D) 60mm x 105mm x 86mm W
Ingress protection IP40 (enclosure) D
IP20 (screw terminals)
H W D
Installation Dill Rail mounting or wall mounting (mm) (mm) (mm)
60 105 86
OFF
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Lon network booster EC450
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.7 BMS and networking interfaces
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.7 BMS and networking interfaces
BACnet addresses
Object name Type Description
System Events
RxPanelData_CmdStatus Binary input
RxPanelData_PanelNumber Analogue input System event data consists of 31 BACnet
server objects that update simultaneously
RxPanelData_CmdStatusNumber Analogue input
when a fire system event is generated by any
RxPanelData_Address Analogue input control panel in the system. BMS systems
RxPanelData_Analogue Analogue input should take care to subscribe to each update
RxPanelData_Zone Analogue input event synchronously and not poll these
objects.
RxPanelData_Loop Analogue input
RxPanelData_Always_1 Binary input
RxPanelData_TypeID Analogue input
RxPanelData_Location_Location_1...25 Analogue input
System command status
nviReset_state Binary input System reset status
nviEvacuate_state Binary input System evacuation status
nviSilence_state Binary input System silence status
System command action
nvoReset_state Binary output Send reset command
nvoEvacuate_state Binary output Send evacuate command
nvoSilence_state Binary output Send silence command
Additional info
Id_in Analogue input Panel id of last event
nviLoop Analogue input Loop id of last event
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
BACnet gateway EC650B
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.7 BMS and networking interfaces
The modbus gateway is part of the InfraLINK range of Features and benefits
network infrastructure components from partners.
High speed host processor with LonWorks Neuron
All of the modbus gateways feature a robust hardware communications co-processor
platform with high performance CPU and UART for fast
Echelon Smart Transceiver for better immunity from
communications without loss of data. The LonWorks to
magnetic and high frequency common mode noise
modbus address mapping is pre-loaded and ready for
use with the CF3000 fire system interface board. Robust high speed UART for serial communications
Compact design for easy installation
The EC700 modbus gateway has 3 communications
ports for LonWorks, serial and programming 6 multi function LED indicators for instant status
connections. The serial port is capable of either RS232 or diagnostics
RS485 (2-wire) communications. Saves time by allowing simple integration with 3rd
party modbus BMS system
Easy to install
Din rail mounted
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.7 BMS and networking interfaces
Modbus Specification
Baudrate 78 kbit/s
Connections 1 x 2-pole wieland connector
Installation Supply voltage / 24V dc 10% 50Hz
Mains connector
Indicator LEDs Current consumption Max 280mA on 24V dc (typically 100mA)
Serial communications Modbus RTU slave
Transceiver RS232 / 422 (4-wire) / 485 (2-wire)
Service pin Baud rate Configurable up to 57.6 kbits/s
(under panel)
Connector DSUB-9 female connector
Environmental
Operating temperature 0C to + 55C non operating temperature -5C
to +85C Physical
Dimensions (L x H x W) 120mm x 27mm x 75mm
LonWorks connector
Weight 150g
Ingress protection IP20
EMC certification CE marked, UL & cUL conformance
Pin Description
1 +24V dc
2 GND
Pin Description RS232 RS422 RS485
Configuration
connector
1 +5V
RS232/422/485 Power connector 2 RS232 Rx
socket 3 RS232 Tx
4 Not connected
LED 5 Ground
No. Description Colour State Function
6 RS422Rx +
1 LON Service Green Flashing Unconfigured.
7 Rs422 Rx -
Green
8 RS485 + / RS422 Tx +
Off Configured
Solid Green Applicationless
9 RS485 - / RS422 Tx -
2 LON Wink Red Off Normal state
Pin Description
Flashes Red A Wink
command is 1 Shield
received 2 -
3 Not used - 3 -
4 Module Green/Red Solid Green The module is 4 Net B
Status working ok. 5 Net A
Flashes Red Software error,
try a reset.
Solid Red Hardware error
5 Module Green/Red Solid Red No Modbus
Activity activity for 5
secs.
Solid Green After receiving a
correct Modbus
message
6 Config Error Green/Red Solid Green Config good
Flashes Red No Config
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.7 BMS and networking interfaces
Length
Register name (bytes) Modbus type Modbus address
Control registers
Command * 2 Holding (16-bit) 1
Event timer 2 Holding (16-bit) 2
Event count ** 2 Input (16-bit) 26
Buffer overflow *** 2 Input (16-bit) 24
Fire event registers: the Eaton fire event has been split into a number of
indivudual Modbus registers
Command or Status 2 Input (16-bit) 1
Status Number 2 Input (16-bit) 2
Address 2 Input (16-bit) 3
Analogue 2 Input (16-bit) 4
Zone 2 Input (16-bit) 5
Loop 2 Input (16-bit) 6
Type Id 2 Input (16-bit) 7
Location 31 Input (16-bit) Aug-23
Panel 2 Input (16-bit) 25
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Modbus gateway EC700
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.7 BMS and networking interfaces
The CFSFL01 single mode Lon to fibre optic adapter Features and benefits
allows connection of an Eaton fire system network
(LonWorks) devices through optical fibre, and to allow Simple to install, plug and play
both point-to-point or multi drop topology. Easy to use
Using only single-mode fibre optic, the CFSFL01 adapter Extends an Eaton panel network
allows extension of an Eaton fire system network to a Fast response
maximum distance of 15km with a transmission speed
of up to 78kbit/s or 1.25Mbit/s.
Connection is made using SC type fibre optic
connectors. In comparison with conventional twisted
pair cable, the fibre optic usage in a LonWorks
network has many advantages: it is reliable and fast
in long-distance network transmission even in difficult
industrial environments (with transients, surges or
electromagnetic interference etc.) without requiring any
additional transient protection.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.7 BMS and networking interfaces
Code CFSFL01
Description Single mode Lon to fibre optic adaptor
Specification
Operating voltage 24V dc
Communication protocol LonWorks
Lonworks connectors Screw terminal block
Lonworks rate 78 Kbps / 1.25 Mbps
Bit error rate 10e-9
Wavelength 1310nm
Fibre type Single mode fibre
Fibre diameter 9/125 micron
Fibre connector SC type (optional ST type)
Link distance 15km H W D
Environmental (mm) (mm) (mm)
Operating temperature -30C to +70C 116 136 34
Humidity (non condensing) 20 to 90% RH
Physical
Dimensions (H x W x D) 116mm x 136 mm x 34mm Installation
1. Ensure that the power supply is switched off during installation.
2. Take care when inserting the fibre optic connector to avoid
Typical system architecture damage. Note that the FR1 connector in the local modules port
should connect to the FT1 connector in the far end modules port
Fiber Optic Point to Point Link and vice versa.
3. LonA connects to Net_A of the Lonworks Bus (network card),
LonWorks Lon-Fiber Lon-Fiber LonWorks
ADAPTOR ADAPTOR
LonB connects Net_B.
NODE Single-Mode NODE
LonWorks
LonWorks
Fiber
Control Panel CFSFL01 CFSFL01 Control Panel
& &
Network Card Network Card
Mechanical layout and connections
Single-Mode Fiber
Single-Mode Fiber
Single-Mode Fiber
LED indication
Lon-Fiber Lon-Fiber Lon-Fiber
ADAPTOR ADAPTOR ADAPTOR POW Power on indication On means power on
CFSFL02 CFSFL02 CFSFL02 NA Not applicable
LonWorks
LonWorks
LonWorks
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Single mode Lon to fibre optic adaptor CFSFL01
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.7 BMS and networking interfaces
The dual channel Lon to fiber optic adapter (CFSFL02) Features and benefits
allows connection of Eatons system network
(LonWorks) devices through optical fiber, and to allow Simple to install, plug and play
both point to point or multi drop topology. Easy to use
Using only single-mode fiber optic, the CFSFL02 adapter Extends Eatons panel network
allows extension of Eatons system network LonWorks Fast response
to a maximum distance of 15km with a transmission
speed of up to 78Kbit/s or 1.25Mbit/s.
Connection is made using SC type fibre optic
connectors. In comparison with conventional twisted
pair cable, the fibre optic usage in a LonWorks
network has many advantages; it is reliable and fast
in long-distance network transmission even in difficult
industrial environments (with transients, surges or
electromagnetic interference etc.) without requiring any
additional transient protection.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.7 BMS and networking interfaces
LonWorks
LonWorks Bus
LonWorks Bus
LonWorks Bus
LED indication
POW Power on indication On means power on
NA Not applicable
DT Fibre transmitting Flashing means working
FT1 Fibre port 1 Flashing means working
Transmitting data
FR1 Fibre port 1 Flashing means working
Receiving data
FT2 Fiber port 2 Flashing means working
Transmitting data
FR2 Fiber port 2 Flashing means working
Receiving data
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Dual channel Lon to fibre optic adaptor CFSFL02
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.7 BMS and networking interfaces
The loop splitter interface (ZPCB2222) allows the Features and benefits
expansion of the Eaton CF3000 from a 4 loop panel to a
16 loop panel. Loop connected
Splits each connected loop into 4 smaller loops
Each loop of the CF3000 is connected to 4 sub loops
totalling a maximum number of 200 addresses per main Allows greater system design flexibility
loop. This interface is mainly applicable in countries Permits callpoints to be wired on separate loop
where the mixing of detectors, sounders, callpoints and Supports greater number of smaller loops
interfaces are not permissible on the same loop or the
number of devices per loop is limited to a small number.
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Loop splitter unit ZPCB2222
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.7 BMS and networking interfaces
ZPCB2252-MML/MMR,
ZPCB2252-MSL/MSR - Intelligent
addressable mimic PCB
Up to 250 outputs can be connected to the mimic PCBs. Features and benefits
This offers more capability to the extensive options
already offered by the CF3000 control panel. Available as master or slave, each has 32 outputs
250 outputs (1 master and 7 slaves)
The ZPCB2252-MML or ZPCB2252-MMR is the master
PCB which can control up 32 outputs. If further outputs Ideal for mimic panel provision
are required ZPCB2252-MSL or ZPCB2252-MSR can Each output can be programmed as fire or fault
daisy chain onto the master PCB offering a total outputs Each output can be operated by address, zone or
of 250. panel activation
Each slave can control up to 32 outputs. 2 versions available:
The master board can be loop or network driven and - LED
does required an external 1A 24V dc power supply. - Relay output
The flexibility of these boards is further enhanced by the Soft addressed
fact that each output can be programmed for fire or fault Built in short circuit isolation
with up 5 different zones or addresses per output. Simple configuration using Eatons site installer
This can be programmed using the CF3000 Easy to install
programmable repeater software and downloaded using
the RS232 port.
These boards are typical used for geographical LED
mimic displays.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.7 BMS and networking interfaces
Technical specification
ZPCB2252-MML/ZPCB2252-MMR,
Code ZPCB2252-MSL/ZPCB2252-MSR
Description Mimic PCB
Specification
Quiescent current 310mA
Operating loop voltage 18V dc to 30V dc
Inputs 4mA to 20mA
External PSU 15V dc to 30V dc
Outputs
Voltage 24V dc to 30V dc
Current 10mA
Environmental
Humidity (non condensing) 0 to 95% RH
Physical
Dimensions (H x W) 10mm x 290mm
Weight 0.25Kg
Compatibility
Suitable for use with Eaton intelligent addressable fire systems
Notes
If loop powered no addressing of the interface is required
1. Only connect cable screen to its adjacent earth terminal
2. 24V dc external power supply is required
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Mimic LED PCB (master) ZPCB2252-MML
Mimic relay PCB (master) ZPCB2252-MMR
Mimic LED PCB (slave) ZPCB2252-MSL
Mimic relay PCB (slave) ZPCB2252-MSR
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.8 Ancillaries
Switch mode power supply unit with 24V dc output Feature and benefits
voltage, available with a maximum output current of
1.5A, 2.5A and 5A. Switching technology
Fault relay
The unit is a high efficiency switching power supply;
protected from overloads, polarity reversals and short Tamper switch
circuits. 4 LEDs indicate power supply status: mains Integral battery
power (green), battery charging n(green), battery Fault indicator
discharged (yellow) & fault (yellow).
Small & large versions of metallic casing available
Specifically recommended as an auxiliary power supply EN54 Pt.4 Approved
unit for fire detection system components such as
Output currents available: 1.5A, 2.5A, 5A
electromagnets, notification devices, etc.
Simple to use
Using the unit in large systems eliminates the problem
Secure steel enclosure
of long power cable runs which simplifies installation.
The case comes provided with a mechanical lock and
tamper switch for opening and closing the front door.
Power supply unit series 82000B are certified in
accordance with the standard UNI EN54-4:1997 +
A1:2002 +A2:2006.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.8 Ancillaries
Technical specification
Code FX1-5ABP FX1-5ABG FX2-5ABG FX5-0ABG
Description Power supply
Standards EN 60950 pt1, EN 50130 Pt 4, EN50081, EN54 Pt4, A1:2002, A2:2006
Specification
Output voltage (-) Min 20.2, Norm 27.6, Max 29.4
Load current (A) 1.3 1.3 2.2 4.4
Ripple (mV) 174 174 166 246
Input voltage (V~) 230 V~ -15+10%, 50/60 Hz 230 V~ -15+10%, 50/60 Hz 230 V~ -15+10%, 50/60 Hz 230 V~ -15+10%, 50/60 Hz
Current absorption (A max) 0.42 0.42 0.68 1.21
Battery (Pb) 2 x 12V 4.0 Ah 2 x 12V 4.0 Ah 2 x 12V 7.0 Ah 2 x 12V 17.0 Ah
Recharge current battery (A) 0.15 0.15 0.25 0.55
Fuses
Switching Fs1 F2 F2 F3.15 F4
Switching Fs2 F6.3 F6.3 F6.3 F6.3
Circuit of control F1 F2 F2 F3.15 F5
Circuit of control F2 F2 F2 F3.15 F5
Physical
Operating temperature +5C to +40C
Housing material Epoxy varnished sheet
Standard equipment Two keys per lock
Packaging 1pc. / package
Insulation class Classe I
Ingress protection IP30
Electrical protection Fuses for mains and battery overload. Short circuit in output, battery inversion. Door opening tamper.
Installation Dimensions
W
System functionality
1. FX range power supplies provide outputs between 1.5A
and 5A.
2. Output is used to supply any connected load and also to H W D
recharge the integral batteries. (mm) (mm) (mm)
P Case 290 250 180
3. To enable batteries to be charged correctly maximum
G Case 450 260 205
continuous external load should not exceed the values
displayed in the table below.
4. LED indicators are provided to signify: Catalogue numbers
Mains healthy (Green) Description Code
System fault (Yellow) 24V 1.5A PSU P CASE FX1-5ABP
Battery charging (Green) 24V 1.5A PSU G CASE FX1-5ABG
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.9 System software tools
Graph pack software is a powerful alarm management Graph Pack Lite software:
tool and graphical user interface designed to work with
Designed for small 1 to 2 panel systems, the graph pack
many of Eatons safety fire system products.
lite provides a comprehensive level of control at a very
Users can monitor, control and interrogate their systems competitive price.
to ensure alarms are detected and dealt with quickly
Graph Pack software:
and efficiently. Simple and easy to use, the graph pack
software includes a host of advanced features, offering Designed for a range of systems, the graph pack gives
users a system thats powerful and truly comprehensive. users the maximum level of control and accessibility over
All of the information required, all of the control needed, their alarm system.
is literally at the users fingertips.
Features and benefits
The graph pack software not only delivers alarm
information, it also records other system events and Multiple users
faults, allowing the generation of detailed reports. Alarms
Secure system
can be displayed and controlled in a variety of ways to
best suit the users requirements. Multiple PC work stations
Simple navigation
In-depth history analysis
All system events displayed and record
Fully configurable
Simple and clear user interface
Programable to suit any application
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.9 System software tools
Programming parameters Quantity Hardware Intel Pentium or equivalent 2GHz or better 32 bit, 1GB
Requirements Memory, 80GB disc space, 1 RS232 Serial Port, 100 and/
Event types 32,000
or 1000 Mps LAN ports, 1 USB port
Graphics pages 32,000
Platform Windows XP-Pro Service Pack 2 or 3,
Symbols 32,000 Windows Vista, Windows 7
Text pages 2,000,000 Display High resolution 1024 x 768 hi-colour or true colour display
Sounds 2,000 with 32,768 or 16 million colours
Users 2,000
Manual controls 32,000 Features list
Time controls 2,000
Features list Graph Pack Lite Graph Pack
Automatic control actions per I/P 255
Maximum no panels 1-2 1-99
Text/reset text/graphic pages per input state 1 (dependent on
Loops/zones per node 255 version)
Inputs per zone 255 History storage 18 months Unlimited
Input types per input 16 Printing of history events Last 20 events Unlimited
Text page per input 1 Graphics page printing No Yes
Graphics page per input 1 Printing and exporting of lists No Yes
Reset page per input 1 History analysis No Yes
Control panel control dialogs Yes Yes
Control panel control from Yes Yes
Graphics parameters graphics pages
Fire device isolation from Yes Yes
graphics page
File Type Colours File size Loading speed
Fire devince isolation from dialog Yes Yes
BMP Bitmap 16 million Very Large Medium box
BMP Bitmap 256 Large Fast Manual and time control lists No Yes
BMP Bitmap 16 Medium Fast Alarm reminders No Yes
RLE Bitmap 256 Small Fast Multiple displays No Yes
WMF Metafile 16 million Small Slow (Additional option)
EMF Metafile 16 million Small Slow Line printer No Yes
GIF Bitmap 256 Small Fast (Additional option)
JPEG Bitmap 16 million Small Medium Pager notification No Yes
(Additional option)
Sms notification No Yes
(Additional option)
Symbol parameters
Sound parameters
Graph pack lite and graph pack premium lite can use any windows
.WAV (wave) file, but compressed file formats should be avoided.
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Graph Pack software (lite) GRAPHPACK1-2LITE
Graph Pack software (1 panel) GRAPHPACK1
Graph Pack software (2-5 panels) GRAPHPACK2-5
Graph Pack software (6-10 panels) GRAPHPACK6-10
Graph Pack software (11-20 panels) GRAPHPACK11-20
Graph Pack software (21-99 panels) GRAPHPACK21-99
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.9 System software tools
SITEMONITOR - Intelligent
addressable site monitor software
and web server
Site monitor / webserver software is designed to Additionally, the software also supports multiple users,
monitor Eaton fire systems and allow quick PC based of which each can be assigned a particular role. This
administration. means non-technical staff can use the software to
overview the system state, while technicians can log in
Using a simple interface, authorized users can view
and manage any issues.
control panel event history, event status, device
properties and other information depending on access
Features and benefits
permissions defined by the system administrator.
The site monitor / webserver software continually Monitor multiple networks
monitors network activity and records every event Network event log and event reports
in detail. This information can then be processed View any networked panel, loop, zone or device
and generated into HTML reports or used to trigger
Up to date device status
automated email notifications.
Panel/device administration
To extend the benefits of PC based access, the site
Setup automated email notifications
monitor / webserver software is also designed to work
remotely and can be accessed through the desktop Full remote access via client software or a web
client software or a web browser. This ensures that browser
where ever you are, you can always quickly connect and License controlled client software to enforce
perform vital administration. security
Built in password security
Restrict user access to view only, technicians and
administrators
Supports up to 1000 users
Remote system interrogation
Improved maintenance efficency and planning
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.9 System software tools
Technical specification
ECO232
LAN / Internet
PC Client PC Client
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Site monitor software/webserver SITEMONITOR
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.10 Test Equipment
The loop tester kit (LP800KIT) is a hardware /software Features and benefits
combination that can be used to test, commission and
fault find a loop of up to 200 intelligent addressable Pre-addressing: identifies all field devices and
devices (sensors, sounders, ancillary devices) without determines their address and device type.
having to connect the loop to Eatons intelligent Analogue values: Constantly displays in real time
addressable control panel. the analogue value of all loop devices in order to
determine their status.
The loop tester is connected between the loop and
PC. It allows the engineer to quickly identify and locate Test LED: this command operates the LED of any
any loop device that is operating outside its operating inputs (sensors/callpoints) as well as controls the
conditions by varying the alarm threshold of any loop outputs of sounders and output modules.
device (alarm, pre-alarm and fault). Device settings: analogue values of all devices can
be interpreted according to ranges which can be set
The Loop tester hardware requires a free serial port on
and altered by the user (OK, pre-alarm, fire).
the PC, either internet or via a USB extension, a mains
power supply and a direct connection to the deivce loop. Event log: a history of events can be stored from the
date the application was started.
Soft addressing: automatically assigns a new, and
potentially different, address to every device found
on the loop.
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Loop Tester Kit LP800KIT
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.10 Test Equipment
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.10 Test Equipment
Configuration settings
Switch positions
4 3 2 1 Mode Usage
OFF OFF OFF OFF TTL to USB Wireless panel to PC live monitor
Wireless survey tool to PC survey tool
ON ON OFF OFF TTL to RS232 Wireless panel to PC live monitor (no USB
available)
Wireless survey tool to PC survey tool (no USB
available)
OFF OFF ON ON RS232 TO USB Intelligent addressable panel to PC Site Installer
Wireless panel to PC Site Installer
Cable connections
RS232 to USB -
Wireless panel to PC
(site installer)
Kit contents
1 x USBINT2
1 x Driver CDROM
1 x USB Cable
1 x RS232 Cross-Over Cable
1 x TTL Cable
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Usb analogue systems panel interface USBINT2
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.10 Test Equipment
CF800PROG - Intelligent
addressable device programmer
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Intelligent addressable device programmer CF800PROG
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 2.5 Test Equipment
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
2.5 Test Equipment
Standard connections
230V ac mains
FIRE RELAY
N/O C N/C
L N E E + - E + - E + - E + - E - + E - +
OUT IN
+
+
BATT
back up
- battery
-
NOTES:
1. Earth (Screen) cable must be connected to its adjacent earth terminal.
2. The end of line resistor must always be fitted, even if input is not used.
3. Sounder circuits are monitored for wiring open and short circuit.
4. Output fire relay is a set of changeover volt free-contacts and is not monitored.
5. This unit should only be finally connected to the 230V ac mains supply and battery,
during system commissioning.
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
4 way sounder controller unit CSC354
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
3. UL intelligent addressable systems
Specifiers guide
UL intelligent addressable systems
Quality and
safety certified
3.0 UL listed systems
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
3.1 Introduction
SIGNALING
4AC5
FIRE ALARM
EQUIPMENT
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 3.2 Control panels
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
3.2 Control panels
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 3.3 Repeater panels
ULCF3000PRG - UL intelligent
SIGNALING
panel
H
1 2 3 4 5
D2
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
3.3 Repeater panels
L N E NC NC - + - +
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Loop connected repeater panel ULCF3000PRG
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Eaton product datasheet ULCTPR3000
Specifiers guide
UL listed fire products 3.3 Repeater panelsUL intelligent addressable touch-screen repeater panel
ULCTPR3000 - UL intelligent
SIGNALING
repeater panel
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
3.3 Repeater panels
Code ULCTPR3000
Description Touch-screen repeater panel
Standards UL864 9th edition, NFPA 70-72
H
System Indicators
LEDs Power on, alarm, general trouble,
General supervisory, power trouble,
System trouble, test, nac trouble.
Mains Input, Supervised, Power Limited W
TO PANEL EARTH TO
H TRPANEL
AE LENEARTH
AP OT
Network Connected
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Touch-screen repeater panel ULCTPR3000
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 3.4 Accessories
ULCAP320, ULCAPT340,
SIGNALING
addressable sensors
Our UL range has multiple options for intelligent Features and benefits
addressable sensors. All sensors are designed for
optimum functionality in mid-large sized builds. They are Built-in short circuit isolators
all soft addressed and have integral short circuit isolators. Stylish low profile design
All UL addressable sensors are specifically designed 360 viewable LED design
for compatibility with the UL addressable sensor base Removable detector chamber
(UCAB300). Drift compensation
Details of the three sensors are included over the page. Plug and play, no hard addressing required
Clean me feature means sensor can be cleaned on
site using the Eaton manual cleaning procedure
The programmable heat sensor reduces the number
of parts required in the system
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
3.4 Accessories
Technical specification
Code ULCAP320 ULCAPT340 ULCAH330
Description Addressable sensor, photoelectric Addressable sensor, opto-heat Addressable sensor, multi-mode heat
Standards UL268 UL268 UL521
Supply ratings
Working voltage 18 V dc to 30 V dc 18 V dc to 30 V dc 18 V dc to 30 V dc
Voltage waveform Filtered dc +/- 1 V (max), ripple @120Hz Filtered dc +/- 1 V (max), ripple @120Hz Filtered dc +/- 1 V (max), ripple @120Hz
Standby current 220 A (average) 220 A (average) 220 A (average)
Alarm current 5 mA (max) 5 mA (max) 5 mA (max)
Timings
Start-up time 2 seconds 2 seconds 2 seconds
Reset time 2 seconds (max) 2 seconds (max) 2 seconds (max)
Sensitivity
Sensitivity 2.55+/- 0.33%/ft 2.55+/- 0.33%/ft N/A
Sensitivity checker Use No-Climb, TRUTEST, UL Listing 77TL Use No-Climb, TRUTEST, UL Listing 77TL Use No-Climb, TRUTEST, UL Listing 77TL
Heat class
Heat element rating N/A 135F 135F ROR + Fixed, + Fixed 135F Fixed,
194F Fixed
Heat detector spacing N/A 50ft (heat alone operation) 50ft
Physical
Mounting position Ceiling in open areas Ceiling in open areas Ceiling in open areas
IP rating IP40 IP40 IP40
Environmental
Operating temperature 32F to 100F 32F to 100F 32F to 100F / 32F to 150F (194F
setting)
Compatibility
Compatibility identifier W002 W002 W002
Compatible bases WBA or UCAB300 WBA or UCAB300 WBA or UCAB300
Suitable for use with Eaton UL fire systems Eaton UL fire systems Eaton UL fire systems
Dimensions Performance
Dia Heat class ULCAP320 ULCAPT340 ULCAH330
Heat element N/A 135F ROR + Fixed
rating 135F, Fixed
135, Fixed
194F
D1 Heat detector N/A 50ft (heat alone 50ft
D2 spacing operation)
Heat class N/A A2S A2R
Catalogue numbers
Diameter
(mm) Depth (mm) Depth (mm) Description Code
Description (incl base) (excl base) (incl base) Photoelectric sensor ULCAP320
Photoelectric 104 33 45 Opto-heat sensor ULCAPT340
Opto-heat 104 43 55 Heat sensor ULCAH330
Heat 104 43 55 Addressable sensor base UCAB300
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 3.4 Accessories
UCAB300 - UL intelligent
SIGNALING
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
3.4 Accessories
Construction PC/ABS
Colour White
Dimensions (Dia x D) 104mm x 22mm
Dia (mm) D (mm)
Compatibility
Dia 104 22
Suitable for use with Eaton UL Fire Systems
Wiring causing an obstruction - move or shorten wires. Mount the sensor onto the base and rotate fully clockwise until it finally
The base is tolerant to uneven mounting surfaces, a very uneven clicks.
surface may cause the base to deform when the mounting
screws are tightened down - loosen screws to reduce this or The sensor is now locked into position. Removeby utilising a suitable
reposition the base. tool (eg a thin screwdriver) into the hole in the sensor cover. Gently
push the tool into the sensor and rotate anticlockwise
Loop start
S-
3 3
Control Panel
LED
LED
Compatible
F-
Loop finish
1 1
F+
2 2
- VE OUT
- VE IN
WARNING:
If using the outer connection on terminal 2, ensure the operation of the switch is not impeded
and that there are no shorts between terminal 2 and the switch contact.
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Intelligent addressable sensor base UCAB300
Optical smoke sensor ULCAP320
Photo-thermal sensor ULCAPT340
Heat sensor ULCAH330
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 3.4 Accessories
The optical detector is suitable for most applications The fixed heat detectors (UCHT-2W) and (UCHTI- 2W)
giving the fastest response to slow burning or will detect temperatures above 135F and 194F. There
smouldering fires which give rise to large visible smoke are two versions of the rate of rise heat detector the
particles. (UCHR-2W) and the (UCHRI-2W) these are used to
detect rapid increases in temperature with a maximum
Photo-thermal detector (UCPT-2W) threshold of 135F and 194F. These detectors are
designed to be used in environments where the ambient
The photo-thermal detector will respond quickly to conditions might cause false alarms if smoke detection
fast clean burning fires yet maintain the advantage of were to be used, for example where there is a high
optical detectors when detecting smouldering fires. The level of dust, fumes, steam or smoke under normal
thermal enhancement of this detector allows a higher conditions.
alarm threshold which provides a greater rejection of
false alarms. The detector will also raise an alarm at
temperatures exceeding 60C.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
3.4 Accessories
Technical specification
Code UCPD-2W UCPT-2W UCHT-2W UCHTI-2W UCHR-2W UCHRI-2W
Description Optical detector, 2 Photo-thermal Fixed heat 135F Fixed heat 194F Rate of rise & fixed Rate of rise & fixed
wire detector, 2 Wire detector, 2 wire detector, 2 wire heat 135F detector, heat 194F detector,
2 wire 2 wire
Standards UL268 UL268 UL251 UL251 UL251 UL251
Supply ratings
Working voltage 15V dc to 30V dc 15V dc to 30V dc 15V dc to 30V dc 15V dc to 30V dc 15V dc to 30V dc 15V dc to 30V dc
Voltage waveform Filtered dc +/- 1 V Filtered dc +/- 1 V Filtered dc +/- 1 V Filtered dc +/- 1 V Filtered dc +/- 1 V Filtered dc +/- 1 V
(max), ripple @120Hz (max), ripple @120Hz (max), ripple @120Hz (max), ripple @120Hz (max), ripple @120Hz (max), ripple @120Hz
Standby current 95 A (average) 95A (average) 70 A (average) 70 A (average) 70A (average) 70 A (average)
Alarm current Must be held Must be held Must be held Must be held Must be held Must be held
externally to 40mA externally to 40mA externally to 40mA externally to 40mA externally to 40mA externally to 40mA
(max) (max) (max) (max) (max) (max)
Surge current 340A (max) 340 A (max) 340 A (max) 340A (max) 340 A (max) 340 A (max)
Timings
Start-up time 20 seconds 20 seconds 20 seconds 20 seconds 20 seconds 20 seconds
Reset time 2 seconds (max) 2 seconds (max) 2 seconds (max) 2 seconds (max) 2 seconds (max) 2 seconds (max)
Sensitivity
Sensitivity 2.55+/- 0.33%/ft 2.55+/- 0.33%/ft N/A N/A N/A N/A
Sensitivity checker Use No-Climb, Use No-Climb, Use No-Climb, Use No-Climb, Use No-Climb, Use No-Climb,
TRUTEST, UL Listing TRUTEST, UL Listing TRUTEST, UL Listing TRUTEST, UL Listing TRUTEST, UL Listing TRUTEST, UL Listing
77TL 77TL 77TL 77TL 77TL 77TL
Heat class
Heat element N/A 135F 135F 194F 135F 194F
rating
Heat detector N/A 50ft 50ft 50ft 50ft 50ft
spacing (heat alone operation)
Physical
Mounting position Ceiling in open areas Ceiling in open areas Ceiling in open areas Ceiling in open areas Ceiling in open areas Ceiling in open areas
IP rating IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40
Environmental
Operating temp. 32F to 100F 32F to 100F 32F to 100F 32F to 150F 32F to 100F 32F to 150F
Mounting position Ceiling in open areas Ceiling in open areas Ceiling in open areas Ceiling in open areas Ceiling in open areas Ceiling in open areas
Compatibility
Compatibility W001 W001 W001 W001 W001 W001
identifier
Compatible Base CB2E CB2E CB2E CB2E CB2E CB2E
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 3.4 Accessories
CB2E - UL conventional
SIGNALING
The UL conventional standard base (CB2E) has been Features and benefits
have been designed for flexibility, simplicity and speed of
installation. Two wire connection
Separate zone in and zone out terminals
The CB2E has been specifically designed to operate
with the Eaton UL Listed range of intelligent addressable Stand off fixing feature
control panel interfaces. Accepts side entry cables
The CB2E is designed to provide separate connection Selectable detector locking feature
terminals for zone in and zone out cables up to 2.5mm2 Quick and simple to install
together with a dedicated earth drain wire connection on Common mounting base for Eaton conventional UL
the base. detectors
This device also has a retaining clip to provide positive Positive lock indication
feedback when the sensor is correctly fitted and a Multiple cable entry points
retaining clip can be replaced with locking device Easy to maintain/service
(supplied with base) to prevent unauthorised sensor
removal.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
3.4 Accessories
If difficulty is experienced when mounting the detector, this may be Mount the sensor onto the base and rotate fully clockwise until it finally
due to the following: clicks.
Wiring causing an obstruction - move or shorten wires. The sensor is now locked into position. Removeby utilising a suitable
The base is tolerant to uneven mounting surfaces, a very uneven tool (eg a thin screwdriver) into the hole in the sensor cover. Gently
surface may cause the base to deform when the mounting push the tool into the sensor and rotate anticlockwise
screws are tightened down - loosen screws to reduce this or
reposition the base.
+ VE
+
remote indicator (optional)
end of line monitor device
+
Cooper Conventional
LED
1 LED
1
Control Panels
4 4
Compatible
EOLM-1
ZONE
2 E 2 E
- 3 3
- VE
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Standard detector base CB2E
2 wire detector, optical UCPD-2W
2 wire detector, opto-heat UCPT-2W
2 wire detector, fixed heat 135f UCHT-2W
2 wire detector, fixed heat 194f UCHTI-2W
2 wire detector, rate of rise and fixed UCHR-2W
heat 135f
2 wire detector, rate of rise and fixed UCHRI-2W
heat 194f
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 3.4 Accessories
The ceiling mounted, HNWC, and wall mounted, HNR, Features and benefits
horns are designed to exceed your expectations and
offer the most polished, feature rich and cost effective Wall or ceiling mounting options
solution. 12V dc and 24V dc in one unit
Architects and engineers can now specify the industries Common mounting base
sleekest looking fire notification appliance, while being Contact cover
afforded all the features and benefits that provide the Up to 9 models in 1 unit (3 audible settings)
industrys lowest total cost of ownership.
Quick and simple to install
The combination of 12V dc and 24V dc in one unit Up to 48% savings in current draw (over similar
provides the capability to use a single unit for different products)
installation requirements
5 mounting options
These units use a universal, common mounting base Voltage test points for quick troubleshooting and
making them ideal for retrofit jobs, limited space easy spot checking
environments and pre-existing wire configurations.
Contact cover provides protection from dirt, dust,
They come complete with a contact cover for protection paint and accidental damage, it also allows for pre-
against dirt, dust, paint and damage to the contacts. This wire testing and troubleshooting
contact cover also acts as a shunting device to allow pre-
wire testing for common wiring issues.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
3.4 Accessories
Technical specification
Standard connection
Wall mount Ceiling mount
+ + -
W D Diameter
From preceeding To next appliance or
H (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) D (mm)
appliance or end of line resistor
133 116 56 166 34 control panel (EOLR)
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 3.4 Accessories
The ceiling mounted, HSWC, and wall mounted, HSR, Features and benefits
horn strobes are designed to exceed your expectations
and offer the most polished, feature rich and cost Wall or ceiling mounting options
effective solution. 12V dc and 24V dc in one unit
Both the HSWC and the HSR are compatible with the Common mounting base
Eaton UL Listed range of intelligent addressable fire Contact cover
systems. Up to 9 models in 1 unit (3 audible and 8 candela
Architects and engineers can now specify the industries settings)
sleekest looking fire notification appliance, while being Quick and simple to install
afforded all the features and benefits that provide the Up to 48% savings in current draw (over similar
industrys lowest total cost of ownership. products)
The combination of 12V dc and 24V dc in one unit Voltage test points for quick troubleshooting and
provides the capability to use a single unit for different easy spot checking
installation requirements Contact cover provides protection from dirt, dust,
These units use a universal, common mounting base paint and accidental damage, it also allows for pre-
making them ideal for retrofit jobs, limited space wire testing and troubleshooting
environments and pre-existing wire configurations.
They come complete with a contact cover for protection
against dirt, dust, paint and damage to the contacts. This
contact cover also acts as a shunting device to allow pre-
wire testing for common wiring issues.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
3.4 Accessories
+ + -
From preceeding To next appliance or
appliance or end of line resistor
control panel (EOLR)
WARNING:
WARNING:
Do NOT use high voltage testers if ANY equipment is connected to the system.
Do NOT
Screen usemust
(Earth) highbevoltage testers
continuous if ANY
along entire equipment
length of cable is
connected
Wiring methodtoshall
thebesystem.
in accordance with CSA C22.1, Canadian Electrical Code,
Part 1, Safety Standard for Electrical Installations, Section 32.
Screen (Earth) must be continuous along entire length of cable
1. 1. All
All strobe
strobe appliances
appliances have in-out
in-out wiring
wiring terminals that accept
two #12 to
terminals #18
that American
accept two Wire
#12 toGauge
#18 (AWG) wires at each
Wiring methodAmerican
shallterminal.
screw be in Gauge
Wire accordance
Strip leads
(AWG) 3/8 with atCSA
inches
wires C22.1,to screw
and connect
each
Canadian Electrical Code, Strip
terminals.
screw terminal. Partleads
1, Safety Standard for
3/8 inches
Electrical 2. and
Breakconnect
Installations, to screw
Section
all in-out terminals.
32.
wire runs on supervised circuits to ensure
2. Break all of
integrity in-out wire
circuit runs on supervised
supervision. The polarity shown in the wiring
circuits to ensure integrity
diagrams is for the operation of circuit
of the appliances. The polarity is
supervision. The polarity shown
reversed by the control panel during in thesupervision.
wiring diagrams is for the operation of the
Current draw appliances.
ratings The polarity is reversed by
the control panel during supervision.
UL max current* at 99 dB(A) Horns, strobes and
Ratings per UL 1971 and Anechoic at 24V dc horn strobes
24V dc 12V dc Eatons Multi-Candela Strobes can provide
a synchronized strobe appliance when
Mode regulated used in conjunction with our UL listed
Voltage range 15 15/75 30 60 75 95 110 115 135 150 177 185 15 15/75 Fire Alarm Control Panels. The Strobe
HSR 8.0V dc to 33.0V dc 0.082 0.095 0.102 0.148 0.176 0.197 0.242 0.282 0.125 0.159 Appliances are UL Listed under Standard
1971 (Signaling Devices for the Hearing
HSWC 8.0V dc to 33.0V dc 0.082 0.102 0.141 0.148 0.176 0.197 0.242 0.282 0.125
Impaired) for indoor Fire Protection
Service. They are listed for indoor use
UL max current* at 95 dB(A) only. Eatons Horn Appliances provide a
Ratings per UL 1971 and Anechoic at 24V dc selectable Continuous or Code 3 Horn tone
when connected directly to the FACP. They
24V dc 12V dc can also provide a synchronized Code 3
Horn tone when used in conjunction with
Mode regulated an FACP that incorporates the Wheelock
Voltage range 15 15/75 30 60 75 95 110 115 135 150 177 185 15 15/75 patented sync protocol, Wheelock DSM
sync modules, Wheelock power supplies,
HSR 8.0V dc to 33.0V dc 0.073 0.083 0.087 0.139 0.163 0.186 0.230 0.272 0.122 0.153
or SAFEPATH family of products. The Horn
HSWC 8.0V dc to 33.0V dc 0.073 0.087 0.128 0.139 0.163 0.186 0.230 0.272 0.122 Appliances can be field set for High (HI),
Medium (MED), or Low (LO) dBA sound
UL max current* at 90 dB(A) output. The Horn Appliances are UL Listed
under Standard 464 for Audible Signal
Ratings per UL 1971 and Anechoic at 24V dc Appliances. They are listed for indoor use
only. All models are designed for use with
24V dc 12V dc either filtered DC (VDC) or unfiltered Full-
Mode regulated Wave-Rectified (VRMS) input voltage. All
Voltage range 15 15/75 30 60 75 95 110 115 135 150 177 185 15 15/75 inputs are polarized for compatibility with
standard reverse polarity supervision of
HSR 8.0V dc to 33.0V dc 0.065 0.075 0.084 0.136 0.157 0.184 0.226 0.267 0.120 0.148 circuit wiring by a FACP. The ST Strobe, HS
Horn/Strobe, and the HN Horn are for 12V
or 24V operation. Strobe devices for 12V
* UL max current rating is the maximum RMS current within the listed voltage range (16-33V dc for 24V dc units). For strobes the UL max are only approved by UL to be set at 15cd,
current is usually at the minimum listed voltage (16V dc for 24V dc units). For audibles the max current is usually at the maximum listed voltage and 15-75cd, and only to be powered by
(33V dc for 24V dc units). For unfiltered ratings, see installation instructions. DC not FWR.
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Horn strobe, wall mount HSR
Horn strobe, ceiling mount HSWC
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 3.4 Accessories
The ceiling mounted, STWC and wall mounted STR horn Features and benefits
strobes are designed to exceed your expectations and
offer the most polished, feature rich and cost effective Wall or ceiling mounting options
solution. Common mounting base
Both the STWC and the STR are compatible with the Contact cover
Eaton UL Listed range of intelligent addressable fire Industrys highest strobe candela options
systems. Field selectable tone, dBA and candela settings
Architects and engineers can now specify the industries In/out wiring termination accepting two #12-18 AWG
sleekest looking fire notification appliance, while being wires at each terminal
afforded all the features and benefits that provide the Quick and simple to install
industrys lowest total cost of ownership.
Up to 48% savings in current draw (over similar
The combination of 12V dc and 24V dc in one unit products)
provides the capability to use a single unit for different Voltage test points for quick troubleshooting and
installation requirements easy spot checking
These units use a universal, common mounting base Contact cover provides protection from dirt, dust,
making them ideal for retrofit jobs, limited space paint and accidental damage, it also allows for pre-
environments and pre-existing wire configurations. wire testing and troubleshooting
They come complete with a contact cover for protection
against dirt, dust, paint and damage to the contacts. This
contact cover also acts as a shunting device to allow pre-
wire testing for common wiring issues.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
3.4 Accessories
Environmental
Operating temperature 0C to 49C
Humidity (non condens- 0 to 93 %RH
ing) Wall mount Ceiling mount
Compatibility
Standard connection
+ + - Horn unit details
From preceeding To next appliance or
appliance or end of line resistor
control panel (EOLR)
WARNING:
WARNING:
Do NOT use high voltage testers if ANY equipment is connected to the
Do NOT use high voltage testers if ANY equipment is
system.
connected to must
Screen (Earth) the system.
be continuous along entire length of cable
Wiring method shall be in accordance with CSA C22.1, Canadian
Screen (Earth) must be continuous along entire length of cable
Electrical Code, Part 1, Safety Standard for Electrical Installations,
Section 32.
Wiring method shall be in accordance with CSA C22.1,
Canadian 1. Electrical
1. All Code,
Allstrobe
strobe Part have
1, Safety
appliances
appliances have Standard
in-out
in-out wiring for
wiring terminals that
Electrical Installations,
accept two
terminals Section
that #12 to 32.
accept #18#12
two American
to #18 Wire Gauge (AWG) Horns, strobes and horn strobes
American
wires at Wire
eachGauge
screw(AWG) wires Strip
terminal. at eachleads 3/8 inches
screw terminal. to
Strip leadsterminals.
3/8 inches Eatons Multi-Candela Strobes can provide a synchronized strobe appliance when used
and connect screw in conjunction with our UL listed Fire Alarm Control Panels. The Strobe Appliances are
and connect to screw terminals. UL Listed under Standard 1971 (Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired) for indoor
2. Breakallall
2. Break in-out
in-out wirewire
runsruns on supervised circuits to
on supervised Fire Protection Service. They are listed for indoor use only. Eatons Horn Appliances
ensuretointegrity
circuits of circuit
ensure integrity supervision. The polarity
of circuit provide a selectable Continuous or Code 3 Horn tone when connected directly to the
supervision.
shown in the Thewiring
polaritydiagrams
shown in theis for the operation of the FACP. They can also provide a synchronized Code 3 Horn tone when used in conjunction
wiring diagrams is for the operation of theby the control panel with an FACP that incorporates the Wheelock patented sync protocol, Wheelock DSM
appliances. The polarity is reversed sync modules, Wheelock power supplies, or SAFEPATH family of products. The Horn
appliances. The polarity is reversed by
during supervision. Appliances can be field set for High (HI), Medium (MED), or Low (LO) dBA sound output.
the control panel during supervision. The Horn Appliances are UL Listed under Standard 464 for Audible Signal Appliances.
They are listed for indoor use only. All models are designed for use with either filtered
DC (VDC) or unfiltered Full-Wave-Rectified (VRMS) input voltage. All inputs are polarized
for compatibility with standard reverse polarity supervision of circuit wiring by a FACP.
The ST Strobe, HS Horn/Strobe, and the HN Horn are for 12V or 24V operation. Strobe
devices for 12V are only approved by UL to be set at 15cd, and 15-75cd, and only to be
powered by DC not FWR.
* UL max current rating is the maximum RMS current within the listed voltage range (16-33V dc for 24V dc units). For strobes the UL max
current is usually at the minimum listed voltage (16V dc for 24V dc units). For audibles the max current is usually at the maximum listed voltage
(33V dc for 24V dc units). For unfiltered ratings, see installation instructions.
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Synchronised strobe, wall mount STR
Synchronised strobe, ceiling mount STWC
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 3.4 Accessories
RSSWP range -
SIGNALING
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
3.4 Accessories
Technical specification
Code RSSWP-2475W-FR RSSWP-2475C-FW
Description External strobes, wall mounted External strobes, ceiling mounted
Standards UL1638 & UL1971 UL1638 & UL1971
Operation
Regulated voltage 24V dc 24V dc
Synchronisation strobe 75 cd Synchronisation strobe 75 cd
Environmental
Operating temperature -40C to 60C -40C to 60C
Humidity (non condensing) 0 to 95 %RH 0 to 95 %RH
Compatibility
Suitable for use with Eaton UL fire systems Eaton UL fire systems
WARNING:
WARNING:
Do NOT use high voltage testers if ANY equipment is connected to the
Do NOT use high voltage testers if ANY equipment is
system.
connected to the system.
Screen (Earth) must be continuous along entire length of cable W
Wiring Description H (mm) (mm)
Screenmethod
(Earth) shall
mustbebe
in continuous
accordance with
alongCSA C22.1,
entire Canadian
length of cable
Electrical Code, Part 1, Safety Standard for Electrical Installations, Wall mount 131 131 110
Section 32.
Wiring method shall be in accordance with CSA C22.1,
Canadian Electrical Code, Part 1, Safety Standard for Strobe unit details
Electrical Installations, Section 32.
1. 1. All
Allstrobe
strobeappliances
appliances have
have in-out
in-out wiring terminals that
wiring
accept two
terminals that #12 to #18
accept American
two #12 to #18 Wire Gauge (AWG)
American
wires at Wire
eachGauge
screw(AWG) wiresStrip
terminal. at each
leads 3/8 inches
screw terminal.to
and connect Strip leadsterminals.
screw 3/8 inches
and connect to screw terminals.
2. 2. Break
Breakallallin-out
in-out wire
wire runsruns on supervised circuits to
on supervised
ensuretointegrity
circuits of circuit
ensure integrity supervision. The polarity
of circuit
supervision.
shown in the Thewiring
polaritydiagrams
shown in theis for the operation of the
wiring diagrams
appliances. Theis polarity
for the operation
is reversedof theby the control panel
appliances. The polarity is reversed by
during supervision.
the control panel during supervision.
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Wall mount outdoor synchronised strobe RSSWP-2475W-FR
Ceiling mount outdoor synchronised strobe RSSWP-2475C-FW
Exposed conduit, surface mount back box WPSBB
(RED)
Concealed conduit surface mount back box WPSBB + WPKIT
(RED)
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 3.4 Accessories
UMPS range -
SIGNALING
The UL pull stations, UMPS-100 and UMPS-200, are Features and benefits
designed to exceed your expectations and offer the most
polished, feature rich and cost effective solution. Single/dual action options
Complete with Initiating module (addressable
Both the UMPS-100 and UMPS-200 are compatible
variants only)
with the Eaton UL range of intelligent addressable fire
systems, and come complete with a ULMCIM-C fast Key reset
response intelligent addressable input initiating unit. Corrosion resistant gold plated SPST contacts
This UL pull station is constructed of high quality, die- High-gloss red enamel finish with raised white
cast metal for long lasting performance and is designed lettering
to be fitted to a single gang back-box for flush mounting. Class A, style 7 SLC
For surface mounting a sheet metal back box (SGB32S) Quick and simple to install
can be utilised.
High quality die cast metal case for lasting
The UMPS-100 and UMPS-200 are painted red with performance
raised white lettering, have a locking mechanism to No hard addressing required with initiating unit
prevent unauthorized reset and are complete with a (ULMCIM-C - plug and play)
UL listed fast response intelligent addressable input
Easy to maintain/service
initiating module (ULMCIM-C).
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
3.4 Accessories
Code UMPS-100/UMPS-200 D
attach the back box to the wall surface. After the back box is in place,
attach the conduit. The cast back box has an opening that is tapped
for a NPT fitting which may be oriented at the top or bottom when
the box is attached to the wall. The sheet metal back box has top and
bottom conduit knockouts. Field wiring is connected as shown in the
supplied wiring diagram. Please note that field wiring should not be
wrapped around the terminal screws but connected to the clamping
connections on the ULMCIM-C interface.
The front housing of the pull station is locked using either a key or a
hex lock depending on the model purchased. Unlock the front housing
and swing it forward to expose the metal mounting plate. Install the
mounting plate to the back box using the screws (4) supplied. If a
Loop In
Loop Out
break rod is being used, move the pull handle to a 45 degree angle and
insert the break rod into the cavity beneath the pull handle. Place the
pull handle back in the normal standby position (flush with the surface Addressable
of the front housing). Loop
Power
Verify that the switch actuator is in the proper standby position before Limited
moving the front housing back to the upright position and locking it.
Flush mount
Operation
Most flush mount installations may be attached to a standard single
The UMPS-100/UMPS-200 are operated by pulling the white handle on
gang box (not supplied).
the front of the pull station as far down as it will go, at which point the
Open the station as described above and mount it to the box using the handle locks into place and is easily visible from up to 50 feet.
two holes located along the centre line of the mounting plate.
The handle is reset by opening the pull station with a key, placing the
white handle in the normal upright position and relocking the station.
Conventional single action pull station
The cost effective conventional versions of the pull station must
be used in conjunction with ULMIU872 micro zone monitor unit or
ULCZMU352 zone monitor unit.
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Single action pull station (addressable) UMPS-100
Weatherpoof single action pull station UMPS-100WP
Double action pull station UMPS-200
Micro zone monitor unit ULMIU872
Micro single channel input unit (recognised as callpoint) ULMCIM-C
Conventional single action pull station (back box ordered SG42BK2
seperately)
Conventional double action pull station (back box ordered SG42BK1
seperately)
Back box for conventional, surface mounting SGB32S
Back box for conventional, weatherproof SGB-32C
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 3.5 Standard interfaces
ULCSC354 -
SIGNALING
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
3.5 Standard interfaces
Compatibility
Suitable for use with Eaton UL fire systems L N E + - + - + - + - - + - +
230V AC
MAINS 1 2 3 4 OUT IN
SOUNDER CIRCUIT
Installation BATTERY
+
+
BACK UP
2. Fit the back plate in position and pass the wires into it taking care
not to damage the circuit board. Note:
3. Connect the unit according to the standard connection diagram 1. The end of line resistors must always be fitted, even if the
supplied with the unit. sounder circuits are unused. Installer / service engineer must
ensure they are fitted.
2. The ANSI pattern tone is generated by the horns themselves.
Operation
Normal standby / alarm / fault
Sounder circuit
Field wiring SLC single channel
Description Circuit (input) (output)
Wiring gauge 12 Max AWG 12 Max AWG
Wiring class Class A Style 7 Class B Style Y
Ground fault imped- 0.1 0.1
ance
Supervised, power Yes Yes, regulated
limited
Line impedance 50 16
Audible synchronised N/A N/A
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
4 way sounder controller unit ULCSC354
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 3.5 Standard interfaces
ULCZMU352 -
SIGNALING
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
3.5 Standard interfaces
Code ULCZMU352 D
Description Zone monitor unit
Standards UL864 9th edition
Signalling line circuit (Style 7, Class A, Supervised, Power Limited)
Load current (min/max) 2.8mA to 8.0mA H
Supply voltage 24V dc
Detector zone (Style C, Class B, Supervised, Power Limited)
Voltage 21V dc to 26V dc, 22.9V dc (nom)
Current (alarm) 17mA to 40mA W
Line impedance 2.5 (max)
End of line resistance 5K1
Fire input trigger 680
H (mm) W (mm) D(mm)
Compatible detectors UPCD-2W, UCPT-2W, UCHRI-2W, 129 180 60
UCHT-2W, UCHR-2W, UCHTI-2W
Compatibility identifier ULCV1
Standard connections
Pull station zone (Style C, Class B, Supervised, Power Limited)
680 Ohms 5K1
Voltage 8.4Vpp (pulsed every 1 sec)
6K8
Current 1.2mA
Trigger resistor 680
- OUT +
End of line resistor 6.8k - IN +
Maximum 20
Conventional
Line impedance 16 Detectors
Addressable Loop
- OUT +
Environmental - IN +
Operating temperature 32f to 120f
Humidity (non condensing) 0 to 93 %RH
- + - + - + - +
Physical
Dimensions (H x W x D) 129mm x 180mm x 60mm
Weight 0.28kg OUT
LOOP
IN CALL
POINT
DETECTOR
ZONE
Ingress protection IP65 ZONE
Compatibility
Note:
Suitable for use with Eaton UL fire systems
This unit can only be used with the Eaton UL detector base (CB2E) and
compatible Eaton UL detectors.
Installation The end of line resistor must always be fitted, even if the spur is
unused. Installer / service engineer must ensure it is fitted.
Separate the two halves of the unit and remove the PCB.
Detector zone end of line device is 5k1 (supplied).
Drill out (or knock out) the required cable entries in the surface
mounting back-box. Pull station zone end of line device is 6k8 (supplied).
Fit the back-box in position and pass the wires into it. Refit the PCB. Compatibility identifier ULCV1.
Connect the unit according to the standard connection diagram
supplied with the unit.
Operation
Pull station zone:
Normal standby / alarm / nac silenced / alarm / reset / fault /
supervisory / drill
Detector zone:
Normal standby / alarm / fault
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Zone monitor unit ULCZMU352
2 wire detector, optical UCPD-2W
2 wire detector, opto-heat UCPT-2W
2 wire detector, fixed heat 135f UCHT-2W
2 wire detector, fixed heat 194f UCHTI-2W
2 wire detector, rate of rise and fixed heat 135f UCHR-2W
2 wire detector, rate of rise and fixed heat 194f UCHRI-2W
Standard detector base CB2E
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 3.5 Standard interfaces
ULCSUM355 -
SIGNALING
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
3.5 Standard interfaces
SLC Sound-
field Pull De- er 1 24 V dc PSU
wiring station tector Sound- external external
Description (Input) zone zone er 2 supply monitor
Wiring 12 12 12 12 12 12
Gauge Max Max Max Max AWG Max AWG Max AWG
AWG AWG AWG
Wiring Class A Class B Class B Class B N/A N/A
Style 7 Style 7 Style C Style C Style Y
Ground fault 0.1 ohm 0.1 ohm 0.1 ohm 0.1 ohm TBD Power TBD Power
impedance Supply Supply
Supervised, Yes Yes Yes Regulated Supervised Supplemen-
Power limited supervised power tary
Power limited
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Shop monitor unit ULCSUM355
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 3.5 Standard interfaces
ULCSI350 -
SIGNALING
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
3.5 Standard interfaces
Standard connections
No End of
Line resistor
Required
Detectors
(see Notes)
Addressable Spur
All connections are
Power Limited
- +
OUT IN
- + - +
Note:
This unit can only be used with the Eaton
To Loop Finish From Loop Start
UL detector base UCAB300 and compatible
Eaton UL intelligent addressable detectors.
Addressable Loop
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Spur isolator unit ULCSI350
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 3.5 Standard interfaces
ULCIO351 -
SIGNALING
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
3.5 Standard interfaces
5k6
5k6
5k6
Power factor 1
Environmental
Operating temperature 0C to 49C 22k 22k 22k
Physical
Non Power Limited Circuits
Dimensions (H x W x D) 129mm x 180mm x 60mm
Weight 0.28kg
OUTPUTS
- + - + - + - + - + N/O C N/C N/O C N/C N/O C N/C
No addressing of the interface is required (see control panel operation for details). Note:
1. The end of line resistors must always be fitted, even if the inputs are unused. Installer /
service engineer must ensure it is fitted.
2. Monitored inputs can detect open circuit, short circuit or ground faults.
3. Output relays are volt-free contacts and are not monitored, but most be connected to
Installation power limited source.
1. Separate the two halves of the unit and remove the PCB.
2. Drill out (or knock out) the required cable entries in the surface SLC field wir-
mounting back-box. Description ing (Input) Input 1, 2, 3 Output 1, 2, 3
Wiring gauge 12 Max AWG 12 Max AWG 12 Max AWG
3. Fit the back-box in position and pass the wires into it. Refit PCB.
Wiring class Class A Style 7 Class B Style C N/A
4. Connect the unit according to the standard connection diagram
Ground fault 0.1 0.1 0.1
supplied with the unit. impedance
Supervised, Yes Yes Programmable
power limited
Operation
Input 1, 2, 3 operation:
Normal standby (default) / alarm / nac silenced / alarm reset / trouble /
supervisory / drill
(Features programmable using pc site installer).
Output 1, 2, 3 operations:
Normal standby / alarm
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
3 channel I/O unit ULCIO351
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 3.5 Standard interfaces
ULCMIO353 -
SIGNALING
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
3.5 Standard interfaces
Installation
IN OUT NC
1. Separate the two halves of the unit and remove the PCB.
2. Drill out (or knock out) the required cable entries in the surface
mounting back-box.
3. Fit the back-box in position and pass the wires into it. Refit the
PCB. Description SLC field wiring (input) Output 2
Wiring gauge 12 Max AWG 12 Max AWG
4. Connect the unit according to the standard connection diagram
Wiring class Class A Style 7 N/A
supplied with the unit.
Ground fault impedance 0.1 0.1
5. This unit is suitable for one conduit connection. Only the mains is
Supervised, power Yes Programmable
allowed this conduit connection. The hub most be connected to
limited
the conduit before the hub is connected to the enclosure.
Operation
Output 1 operation:
Normal standby / alarm
Warning!
Segregate mains cable from other connections to this
unit.
120V ac / 230V ac relay output is un-fused. Ensure that
the 120V ac / 230V ac supply being switched by this unit
is adequately protected.
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
230V ac relay unit ULCMIO353
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 3.6 Micro interfaces
SIGNALING
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
3.6 Micro interfaces
Notes:
No addressing of the interface is required (see control panel operation for details).
Loop In Loop In
Mounting details (back box)
Relay Contacts Must Loop Out Relay Contacts Must Loop Out
Be Connected to a Addressable Be Connected to a Addressable
Power Limited Source Loop Power Limited Source Loop
Notes:
1. Output relay are volt-free contacts and are not monitored.
FR4 PCB Interface Plate 2. Recommended cable type FPLP (plenum cable), type FPLR (riser cable), or type FPL.
Secured to box with
2 self tapping screws.
Operation
Normal standby / alarm
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Micro single channel output unit (recognised as output ULMCOM
unit)
Micro single channel output unit (recognised as sounder) ULMCOM-S
Micro module box unit (empty box) ULBU
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 3.6 Micro interfaces
SIGNALING
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
3.6 Micro interfaces
22K
22K
Weight 0.05kg
Ingress protection IP40 Loop Out
Addressable
Compatibility Loop
Suitable for use with Eaton UL fire systems
Notes:
5K6 of the interface is required (see control panel operation for details).
No addressing 5K6
22K
Installation
1. Fit the unit in position in accordance to the mounting details.
2. Connect the unit according to standard connections.
3. Up to 3 units can be fitted inside a micro module box unit.
Operation
Normal Standby / Alarm / NAC Silence / Alarm Reset / Trouble /
Supervisory / Drill
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Micro single channel input unit (recognised as input unit) ULMCIM
Micro single channel input unit (recognised as pull station) ULMCIM-C
Micro module box unit (empty box) ULBU
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 3.6 Micro interfaces
ULMIU872 -
SIGNALING
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
3.6 Micro interfaces
Code ULMIU872
Description Micro zone monitor unit
D
Standards UL864 9th edition
Signalling line circuit (Style 7, Class A, Supervised, Power Limited)
Voltage 24V dc W H
Current 4.9mA-5.0mA
Line impedance 50
Detector zone class B Style C Supervised, Power Limited
H (mm) W (mm) D (mm)
Voltage 21-26V dc
Contact 17-40 mA 65 35 18.5
5k6
5K6
Physical
Loop In
22k
Dimensions (W x H x D) 65mm x 35mm x 18.5mm
Weight 0.05kg Loop Out
Ingress protection IP40 MCIM Addressable
Loop
Compatibility
Suitable for use with Eaton UL fire systems
Notes:
Notes: 1. This unit can only be used with Eaton UL conventional detector base and compatible
No addressing of the interface is required (see control panel operation for details). detectors.
2. Only connect cable screen to its adjacent earth terminal.
3. The end of line resistor must always be fitted, even if the spur is unused. Installer /
service engineer must ensure it is fitted.
Mounting details (back box) 4. Maximum number of conventional call points allowed is unlimited.
5. Detector zone end of line device is 5k6 (supplied).
6. Compatibility Identifier ULCV1.
180mm
130mm
Installation
1. Fit the unit in position in accordance to the mounting details.
2. Connect the unit according to standard connections.
3. Up to 3 units can be fitted inside a micro module box unit.
Operation
Normal standby / alarm / alarm test /alarm
Silence / alarm reset / trouble /trouble silence
/ Off normal position of switches
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Micro zone monitor unit ULMIU872
Micro module box unit (empty box) ULBU
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
4. Conventional fire systems
Specifiers guide
Conventional fire systems
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
4.1 Introduction
An introduction to
Conventional fire systems...
The philosophy of a conventional system revolves around Normally however there will be less sounder circuits
dividing the building into a number of areas called zones. than detection zone circuits so it will be necessary for a
The detectors and call points within each zone are then sounder circuit to provide cover for more than one zone.
wired on a dedicated separate circuit.
This increases installation complexity by forcing the
In the event of a detector or call point being triggered, sounder wiring to follow different routes to that of the
the panel is able to identify which circuit contains the detector wiring.
triggered device and thereby indicate which zone the fire
When designing a conventional system it is important
alarm has come from. The indicated zone can then be
to ensure that the panel has adequate zone capacity for
manually searched to locate the triggered device.
the size and complexity of the building and that the panel
With this type of functionality a conventional system is can support the intended sounder circuit wiring and
best used in smaller builds where it wouldnt be difficult loading.
to locate the triggered device in a given zone.
Unwanted Alarms
Sounder Circuits
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 4.2 Control panels and repeater panels
FXP4000 series -
Conventional control panel
A high specification
system with the
flexibility to make it
suitable for a large
range of projects
The FXP4000 series panels are fully certified to EN54 Features and benefits
parts 2 & 4. The panel is the perfect solution to any
conventional system requirement. The advanced features Flexible, high specification system
include a simple one-shot user test facility, class Very easy to maintain and service
change contacts, battery voltage alarms and charger Suitable for a large range of projects
temperature compensation, all included as standard to
No fuses required
ensure ease of use and high reliability.
Maintenance free poly switch circuit protection, with
auto reset
Compatible repeater panel
Class change and programmable fire/fault relay as
The FXP4000 series includes a repeater panel standard on 2/4 zone and fire and fault on the 8 zone
(FXPRP4000) which is compatible with the 8 zone Discreet panel design
panel. The repeater displays all the same functions as
Numerical access code (no lost keys)
the main panel and includes an indicator test facility.
The 8 zone variant features configurable zonal relay
card option and interlink
FXP4002 FXP4004 FXP4008
No. of zones 2 4 8 Supplied complete with battery for 24 hour standby
Detectors per zone 30 30 30
No. of alarm circuits 2 2 2
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
4.2 Control panels and repeater panels
Technical specification
Code FXP4002 FXP4004 FXP4008
Description 2 zone control panel 4 zone control panel 8 zone control panel
Standards EN54 Pt2 & Pt4 1998, EN50130 Pt4 1996, EN54 Pt2 & Pt4 1998, EN50130 Pt4 1996, EN54 Pt2 & Pt4 1998, EN50130 Pt4 1996,
EN50130 Pt4 EN50130 Pt4 EN50130 Pt4
Specification
Number of zones 2 4 8
Detectors per zone 30 30 30
Number of alarm circuits 2 2 4
Alarm circuit load 150mA per circuit, 0.3A total 400mA per circuit, 0.8A total 500mA per circuit, 2A total
End of line devices Detection circuits: EOLM-1 monitoring unit Detection circuits: EOLM-1 monitoring unit Detection circuits: EOLM-1 monitoring unit
Alarm lines: 6.8K resistor Alarm lines: 6.8K resistor Alarm lines: 6.8K resistor
Auxiliary fire signal/fault output Fire or fault configurable Fire or fault configurable Both fire and fault
Auxiliary dc output 24V dc fused. 30mA 24V dc fused. 30mA 24V dc fused. 30mA
Repeater port No No Yes
Mains input voltage 230V ac -15% +10% 230V ac -15% +10% 230V ac -15% +10%
System operating voltage 24V dc 24V dc 24V dc
Standby duration 24 hours 24 hours 24 hours
Battery 1 x 12v 3.2ah 1 x 12v 3.2ah 2 x 12v 3.2ah
Recharge period 24 hours 24 hours 24 hours
Environmental
Operating temperature -5C to +40C -5C to +40C -5C to +40C
Humidity 0 to 75% RH 0 to 75% RH 0 to 75% RH
(Non condensing)
Physical
Construction Polycarbonate housing & back box Polycarbonate housing & back box Polycarbonate housing & back box
Dimensions (H x W x D) Surface: 270mm x 332mm x 90mm Surface: 270mm x 332mm x 90mm Surface: 270mm x 332mm x 90mm
Cut-out: 265mm x 327mm x 47m Cut-out: 265mm x 327mm x 47m Cut-out: 265mm x 327mm x 47m
Weight 5.2kg 5.8kg 6.0kg
Ingress protection IP30 IP30 IP30
Cable entry Top: 12x20mm entries with blanking plugs Top: 12x20mm entries with blanking plugs Top: 12x20mm entries with blanking plugs
Rear cable entry aperture Rear cable entry aperture Rear cable entry aperture
MUTE SCROLL
H
BUZZER
1 2 3 4 5
D2
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
2 zone control panel FXP4002
4 zone control panel FXP4004
8 zone control panel FXP4008
Repeater panel FXPRP4000
(only compatible with 8 zone panel)
Steel back box FX22003300 MB
Fire alarm system log book MFALOG
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 4.2 Control panels and repeater panels
FXP5000 series -
Conventional control panel
Contemporary
and compact panel
design that provides
a solution to any
conventional system
requirement
The new FXP5000 series of conventional control panels Features and benefits
is currently available in a 16 zone version. The panel
features an array of user friendly features. The attractive Zonal relay card as standard
flush or surface mountable plastic enclosure, with metal One man test facility
back box, has been designed through intensive voice Non latching zone feature
of the customer research to provide ample space for
Class change input
termination of cables.
Fire and fault relays
The FXP50016 comes with a zonal relay card as standard
Discreet enclosure
allowing outputs to be switched on a by zone basis.
Supplied complete with battery for 24 hour standby
Compatible repeater panel
The FXP5000 series includes a repeater panel FXP50016
(FXP5000RP) which is compatible with the standard No. of zones 16
16 zone panel. Specifically designed for ease of Detectors per zone 30
installation, it requires only 2 interconnecting wires No. of alarm circuits 4
from the main panel, saving material cost and labour Zonal relay card
time.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
4.2 Control panels and repeater panels
Technical specification
Code FXP50016
Description 16 zone control panel
Standards EN54 Pt2 1998, A1:2006,
EN54 Pt4 1998, A1:2002 + A2:2006
Specification
Number of zones 16
Detectors per zone 30
Number of alarm circuits 4
Alarm circuit load 400mA per circuit, 1.6A total
End of line devices Detection circuits: EOLM-1
monitoring unit Alarm lines: 6.8K
resistor
Auxiliary fire signal/fault output 1A 24V dc single pole changeover
contacts
Auxiliary dc output 50mA
Repeater port Yes
Mains input voltage 230V ac -15% +10%
System operating voltage 24V dc
Standby duration 24 hours
Battery (sealed lead acid) 2 x 4Ah
Recharge period 24 hours
Environmental
Operating temperature -5C to +40C
Humidity (non condensing) 0 to 75% RH
Physical
Construction Polycarbonate housing & metal back
box
Dimensions (H x W x D) Surface: 276mm x 375mm x 136mm
Cut-out: 232mm x 335mm x 96mm
Weight 6.8kg
Ingress protection IP30
Cable entry Top: 12x20mm entries with blanking
plugs
Rear cable entry aperture
Dimensions
D1 W2
D2
H1
H2
W1
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
4.2 Control panels and repeater panels
Interface options
1. Class change input facility. Terminals provided for switching of 1 1
2. 2 x1A 24V DC relays for Fire and Fault are available for remote
6K8
Resistor
6K8
Resistor
signalling
1 1
2 3 2 3
EOLM-1
panels
open EOLM-1
contacts
230VAC OUTPUT
EOLM-1
Mains
E 24V 0V
External
Power Class
NO C NC NO C NC
Fire Fault
- 1+ E - 2+
Sounder Circuits
- +
1
E
Zone Circuits
- +
2
E - + E - + E
3 4
Zone Circuits
Supply Change Circuit Circuit 3 and 4
1 and 2
Out (4 Zone Version Only)
1 1
2 3 2 3
EOLM-1
6K8
Resistor
1 1
2 3 2 3
EOLM-1
Volt free
normally To
open EOLM-1 Repeater
contacts Panel
230VAC OUTPUT 6K8 Resistors To EOLM-1
Catalogue numbers
- + - +
Description FRE -
FPE
+ Fault
Code
16 zone control panel FXP50016
Repeater panel FXP5000RP
Fire alarm system log book MFALOG
- + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - +
AUX 1 AUX 2 AUX 3 AUX 4 AUX 1 AUX 2 AUX 3 AUX 4 AUX 5 AUX 6 AUX 7 AUX 8
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 4.3 Accessories
FXN922 -
Conventional multi-mode detector
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
4.3 Accessories
Performance
Optical Photo-
smoke thermal Rate of rise Fixed heat Fixed heat
Feature mode mode mode 77 C mode 92 C mode
Area coverage 100m2 100m2 50m2 50m2 50m2
(subject to local standards)
Heat class N/A A2S A1R BS CS
Alarm temperature N/A 60 C 60 C 77 C 92 C
Installation
1. Detectors are fixed and wired via common mounting base.
2. Cable entry into base can be rear or side.
3. A locking facility is provided which can be activated if required
to prevent unauthorised detector removal without the use of a
special tool.
4. Positive click mechanism incorporated to provide clear indication
when detector is correctly located in base.
User interface
1. Red LED to indicate alarm condition.
Catalogue numbers
2. Amber LED to indicate chamber fault/drift compensation limit.
Description Code
3. All wiring connections are via a common mounting base (supplied
5 in 1 multi-mode sensor FXN922
separately).
Optical smoke sensor FXN533
Photo/thermal sensor FXN632
Rate of rise heat detector FXN525
Fixed heat detector 77 C FXN524
Fixed heat detector 92 C FXN526
Standard base FXN520
Relay base FXN520R
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 4.3 Accessories
FX251D -
Conventional remote indicator
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
4.3 Accessories
Code FX251D D
Physical
Construction ABS
Colour White
Lens colour Red
Dimensions (H x W x D) 87mm x 87mm x 30mm W
Weight 0.28kg
Ingress protection IP30 H (mm) W (mm) D (mm)
87 87 30
Compatibility
Suitable for use with Eaton conventional fire systems
DETECTOR
side of base plate.
BASE
1 4
3. Cables connect to terminals on PCB within base plate.
4. Front cover is pushed onto base plate and locks in place.
System functionality
WARNING:
1. FX251D is connected to an individual detector. Do NOT use high voltage testers if ANY equipment is
2. FX251D activates if detector is triggered. connected to the system.
3. LED cancels when detector is reset.
4. Low current consumption.
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Conventional remote indicator FX251D
Weatherproof conventional remote indicator CIR301WP
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 4.3 Accessories
FXN520 -
Conventional standard sensor base
The FXN520 conventional standard base has been Features and benefits
specifically designed to be compatible with the Eaton
range of conventional detectors. Quick and simple to install
Separate zone in and zone out terminals
This standard base has been designed for flexibility,
simplicity and speed of installation. Stand off fixing feature
Selectable detector locking
It incorporates purpose designed devices to provide fault
warning if detector is removed whilst maintaining full Accepts side entry surface cables
zone wiring integrity. Common base for the Eaton range of conventional
The base has a schottky diode in series with the negative detectors
terminals to enable fault monitoring and allow the circuit
to continue if a detector is removed.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
4.3 Accessories
Code FXN520
Description Standard Base
Physical
D
Construction PC/ABS
Colour White
Dimensions (Dia x D) 104mm x 22mm
Compatibility
Suitable for use with Eaton conventional sensors
Dia
4 4
Conventional
Compatible
EOLM-1
ZONE
User interface
1. Eaton conventional detectors and bases support the use of a
remote LED (optional extra FX251D).
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Standard base FXN520
Optical smoke sensor FXN533
Photo/thermal sensor FXN632
5 in 1 multi-mode sensor FXN922
Fixed heat detector 77oC FXN524
Rate of rise heat detector FXN525
Fixed heat detector 92oC FXN526
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 4.3 Accessories
FXN520R -
Conventional relay base
The FXN520R conventional relay base has been Features and benefits
specifically designed to be compatible with the Eaton
range of conventional detectors. Quick and simple to install
Designed specifically for use with Eaton detectors
This relay base as been designed for flexibility, simplicity
and speed of installation. Provides remote signal for external interfacing
First fix mounting plate for ease of installation
It provides a local relay signal in the event of its host
detector being triggered, making it ideal for instigating a Local control output from host detector
local response.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
4.3 Accessories
Code FXN520R
Description Relay base
Specification
D
Relay contact rating 1A at 24V dc
Relay trigger source Detector remote LED output
Detector locking facility Supplied as standard
Physical
Construction PC/ABS
Dia
Colour White
Dimensions (Dia x D) 102mm x 40mm Dia (mm) D (mm)
102 40
Compatibility
Suitable for use with Eaton conventional detectors
4 4
Conventional
Compatible
System functionality
EOLM-1
ZONE
2 E 2 E
Interface options
1. Eaton conventional detectors and bases support the use of a
remote LED (optional extra FX251D).
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Relay base FXN520R
Optical smoke sensor FXN533
Photo/thermal sensor FXN632
5 In 1 multi-mode sensor FXN922
Fixed heat detector 77oC FXN524
Rate of rise heat detector FXN525
Fixed heat detector 92oC FXN526
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 4.3 Accessories
Two versions of the conventional zone powered reflective Features and benefits
beam detectors are available in this range, the MBD50R
with a range of up to 50 metres and the MBD100R with Zone connected
a range of 50 to 100 meters. Simple two wire connection
Both the MBD50R and the MBD100R are compatible Reflective beam detection
with the Eaton range of conventional fire systems. No power supply required
These conventional zone powered reflective beam Two ranges available:
detectors are extremely simple to install, they require no - up to 50m
separate power supply, operate on a reflective principle - 50m to 100m
and have a simple set up mode to enable easy and quick Quick and simple to setup
alignment during installation. Saves on both time and installation costs
These units are designed to replace individual point Single device to install instead of numerous point
detectors in large open areas such as warehouses. detectors
Fire and fault conditions are signalled to panel using Single point of maintenance
standard zone wiring so no additional interconnection is Wall mounted for ease of maintenance, especially in
required. warehouses with racking
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
4.3 Accessories
Technical specification
Code MBD50R MBD100R
Description Reflective beam detector Reflective beam detector
Standards EN54 Pt12 2002 EN54 Pt12 2002
Specification
Operating voltage 18V dc to 30V dc 18V dc to 30V dc
Quiescent current < 5mA (no LEDs illuminated) < 5mA (no LEDs illuminated)
Alarm current < 9mA < 9mA
Alignment current < 18mA < 18mA
Power up time 20 seconds (approx) 20 seconds (approx)
Operating range 5 to 50 metres 50 to 100 metres
Tolerance to beam misalignment at 35% Detector 0.8, Prism 5.0 Detector 0.8, Prism 5.0
Fire alarm thresholds 2.50dB (25%) 3.74dB (35%) 6.02dB (50%) 2.50dB (25%) 3.74dB (35%) 6.02dB (50%)
Optical wavelength 880nm 880nm
Environmental
Operating temperature -10C to +55C -10C to +55C
Humidity (non condensing) 0 to 93% RH 0 to 93% RH
Physical
Construction PC/ABS PC/ABS
Colour White White
Dimensions (H x W x D) 210mm 130mm x 120mm 210mm 130mm x 120mm
Weight 0.8kg 0.8kg
Ingress protection IP40 IP40
Compatibility
Suitable for use with Eaton conventional fire systems Eaton conventional fire systems
Installation Dimensions
1. Must be fixed to solid structure.
2. Recommended mounting height is 0.3 to 0.6 metres below the
ceiling.
H (mm) W (mm) D (mm)
3. Cables can be terminated into separate termination box (not
210 130 120
supplied) or use purpose designed mounting bracket (MRBFP) H D
ordered separately.
4. Mounting bracket has facilities for glanding of incoming cables
plus simple fixing of beam detector.
5. Test filter is supplied with detector to simulate required smoke
obscuration level and confirm correct operation. W
Conventional
IN
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Reflective beam detector (50m range) MBD50R
Reflective beam detector (50-100m range) MBD100R
Mounting bracket MRBFP
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 4.3 Accessories
MDP201 -
Conventional duct mounting probe
The duct mounting probe unit is designed for use with Features
the Eaton range of addressable and conventional optical
smoke sensors / detectors. Code MDP201
Duct width range 300mm to 1500mm
The presence of smoke in a ventilation duct is detected
Duct air speed range 1m/s to 20m/s
by sampling the airflow through the duct via two
Temperature range -20C or +60C
sampling tubes. A detector and base are mounted within
the sampling chamber, which is located on the external
skin of the duct, with sample and exhaust probes
passing into the duct in an area of low turbulence. The Duct probe unit shown with
unit requires an analogue optical sensor or conventional optical detector - detector
and base must be ordered
optical detector and corresponding base and is supplied separately.
with full fixing instructions.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
4.3 Accessories
Selecting location
To avoid excessive turbulence, the duct probe should be placed in a
straight section of duct at a distance from any bends of least three
duct widths. If the duct has several extraction points that combine into
one duct the duct probe sensitivity will be reduced, it is recommended
therefore, that each duct is fitted with its own duct probe.
Testing
A small hole fitted with a plug is on the exhaust side of the duct probe
so that smoke can be used to check the detector is operational without
removing the lid. ENSURE THE PLUG IS REFITTED AFTER TESTING.
Servicing
The duct probe should be checked regularly to ensure there is no
build-up of dirt. If dirt etc has accumulated in the sampling unit then
the detector should be removed from the duct probe and the tubes,
elbows etc, cleaned.
Installation diagrams
264.00mm 188.00mm
80mm
CABLE ENTRY
90 ELBOWS 20mm (3/4)
132.00mm
28mm
AIR FLOW
20mm
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Duct mounting probe MDP201
5 in 1 multi-mode sensor FXN922
Optical smoke sensor FXN533
Photo/thermal sensor FXN632
Rate of rise heat detector FXN525
Fixed heat detector 77 C FXN524
Fixed heat detector 92 C FXN526
Standard base FXN520
Relay base FXN520R
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 4.3 Accessories
FX201, FX203 -
Conventional callpoints
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
4.3 Accessories
Technical specification
COMMON
W
680
+ + - -
H
Compatible
Conventional
Control Panel
D WARNING:
Do NOT use high voltage testers if ANY equipment is
Description H (mm) W (mm) D (mm) connected to the system.
Flush mounted 87 87 36 Screen (Earth) must be continuous along entire length of cable
Surface mounted 87 87 57
Weatherproof 87 87 59 User interface
1. To enable quick and simple installation, callpoints use a fast fit self
Installation locking clip on front cover which is very simple to fit, but once in
place, can only be removed by use of a special key (supplied).
1. Surface callpoint has standard rear BESA fixing facilities. In 2. Callpoint is triggered by pressing against the element.
addition, back box can accept top or bottom surface entry cables.
Surface callpoint can also be flush mounted.
2. Callpoint has test facility via special test key to prevent
unauthorised operation.
3. Insertion of test key for test purposes and for cover removal is
at bottom of callpoint to facilitate ease of access when mounted
next to door architrave.
4. Test key is dual function, used to test callpoint operation by
simulating activation and also to allow removal of clip on cover to
gain access to element.
5. Element is held in place by clip on self locking cover which can
only be removed by use of a special tool (callpoint test key).
6. Separate zone in and zone out terminals are provided for all
connections.
7. Surface/flush callpoints are IP24D, weatherproof is IP65. Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Surface/flush callpoint FX201
Weatherproof callpoint FX203
Protective hinged cover CXPC
Spacer plates (pack of 10) MBGSP
Recessing bezels (pack of 10) MBGBEZ
Resettable element kit (pack of 10) MBGREKIT
Spare break glasses (pack of 5) FX5G
Callpoint keys (pack of 10) MFBGKEY3
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 4.3 Accessories
FX006, MWB824 -
Conventional bells
The conventional 6 inch bell, FX006, incorporates highly Features and benefits
efficient rotary centrifugal movements combining high
sound output with low current consumption. High sound output
Low current consumption
The FX006 is compatible with the Eaton range of
conventional fire systems. Multi-fixing base plate
Quick and simple to install
Bells still remain a popular choice for many applications
such as schools where they can sometimes be used as a Can be used for non fire applications
signal for non fire purposes such as class change. Easy to maintain/service
The MWB824 is a weatherproof 8 inch bell that can be
used for external use. The MWB824 enables a common
bell sound to be achieved throughout a complete site,
including areas where a weatherproof device is required.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
4.3 Accessories
Technical specification
Installation Dimensions
FX006 D Dia
MWB824
D
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Internal 6 inch bell FX006
Weatherproof 8 inch bell MWB824
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 4.3 Accessories
FX003, FX003W -
Conventional flush sounders
Two versions of the conventional flush sounders are Features and benefits
available in this range, the red FX003 and the white
FX003W. Choice of colours
Separate volume control
Both the FX003 and the FX003W are compatible with
the Eaton range of conventional fire systems. Choice of tone is determined by selection of
appropriate terminal for negative connection
These conventional flush sounders provide an excellent
Quick and simple to install
combination of high sound output and discreet
appearance. Ideal for retail, hotel and residential Discreet low profile design
applications such as sheltered housing. Easy to maintain/service
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
4.3 Accessories
Technical specification
Installation Dimensions
1. Sounder fixes to a single gang deep back box. W
D
2. Fixing screws included.
3. Connections are to main sounder body.
4. Separate alarm line in and alarm line out terminals are provided. H
5. For surface mount applications a separate red single gang box can
be ordered separately.
+ + - - - -
Compatible
Conventional
Control Panel
WARNING:
Do NOT use high voltage testers if ANY equipment is
connected to the system.
NOTE:
Diagram shown with 1st sound connected, if 2nd sound is
required connect both negative in and negative out to the
second sound terminal.
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Conventional flush sounder (red) FX003
Conventional flush sounder (white) FX003W
Sounder surface backbox (red only) MFSSBB
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 4.3 Accessories
FX002SB, FX002DB -
Conventional surface sounders
Two versions of the conventional surface sounder are Features and benefits
available in this range, the shallow base (FX002SB) and
the weatherproof deep base (FX002DB). Shallow base has unobtrusive low profile design
Pre drilled cable entries
Both the FX002SB and the FX002DB are compatible
with the Eaton range of conventional fire systems. Weatherproof variant
32 selectable tones
These conventional surface sounders have 32 different
alarm tone selections and adjustable volume levels via Quick and simple to install
the internal volume controller. Low current, high sound output
Depending on the selected tone, sound levels of up to Suitable for a wide range of applications
105dB(A) can be achieved. Automatic synchronisation
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
4.3 Accessories
Technical specification
Installation Dimensions
1. Supplied with simple to install first fix mounting base. D D
Dia
Description (mm) D (mm)
Standard connections Surface sounder, shallow base 93 63
Weatherrpoof surface sounder 93 93
2nd SOUND
1st SOUND
COMMON
Interface options
Operates from nominal 24V dc supply and can be connected to any
+ + - - - - suitably rated conventional sounder circuit.
Compatible
JSB Conventional
Control Panel
Options
Choice of tone setting (set via DIP switches can be altered at any time).
WARNING:
Do NOT use high voltage testers if ANY equipment is
connected to the system.
NOTE:
Diagram shown with 1st sound connected, if 2nd sound is
required connect both negative in and negative out to the
second sound terminal.
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Surface sounder, shallow base FX002SB
Weatherproof surface sounder, deep base FX002DB
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 4.3 Accessories
The conventional high output wall sounder (FX007) has a Features and benefits
maximum output of 120dB(a) at 1 metre making it ideal
for use in areas with high ambient noise levels. High output sounder
Choice of tones
The FX007 is compatible with the Eaton range of
conventional fire systems. Variable volume setting
Quick and simple to install
This conventional high output wall sounder is simple to
install and uses a first fix back plate onto which the main Ideal for areas with high ambient noise
body attaches with a self locking press fix assembly.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
4.3 Accessories
Code FX007 D
Environmental
Operating temperature -25C to +70C H (mm) W (mm) D (mm)
Humidity (non condensing) 0 to 93% RH 105 105 95
Physical
Construction ABS
Standard connections
Colour Red
Dimensions (Dia x D) 105mm x 105mm x 95mm
Weight 0.28kg
Ingress protection IP42
+ + - -
Compatibility Compatible
Suitable for use with Eaton conventional fire systems Conventional
Control Panel
Installation
WARNING:
1. First fix mounting plate is fixed to wall.
Do NOT use high voltage testers if ANY equipment is
2. Cable entry is from rear, or top/bottom.
connected to the system.
3. Connections are to main sounder body.
4. Separate alarm line in and alarm line out terminals are provided. Screen (Earth) must be continuous along entire length of cable.
Interface options
Sounder operates from nominal 24V dc supply and can be connected
to any suitably rated conventional sounder circuit.
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
High ouput wall sounder FX007
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 4.3 Accessories
The MLC624 low current sounder has been designed Features and benefits
to provide a high sound output with a low current
consumption. Quick and simple to install
Low current consumption
It is ideal for applications where high sound levels need
to be achieved but where available sounder circuit High efficiency design
capacity is limited. 3 different tones
The low current sounder is simple to install and uses a Separate volume control
first fix back plate onto which the main body attaches Low current, high sound output
with a self locking press fix assembly. Automatic synchronisation
Self locking assembly
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
4.3 Accessories
Environmental
Operating temperature -25C to +70C H (mm) W (mm) D (mm)
Humidity (non condensing) 0 to 93% RH 105 105 95
Physical
Construction PC.ABS Standard connections
Colour Red
Dimensions (Dia x D) 105mm x 105mm x 95mm
Weight 0.25kg
Ingress protection IP42 + + - -
Compatibility
Compatible
Suitable for use with Eaton conventional fire systems Conventional
Control Panel
Installation
1. First fix mounting plate is fixed to wall. WARNING:
2. Cable entry is from rear, or top/bottom. Do NOT use high voltage testers if ANY equipment is
3. Connections are to main sounder body.
connected to the system.
4. Separate alarm line in and alarm line out terminals are provided.
Screen (Earth) must be continuous along entire length of cable.
Interface options
Operates from nominal 24V dc supply and can be connected to any
suitably rated conventional sounder circuit.
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Low current wall sounder MLC624
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 4.3 Accessories
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
4.3 Accessories
Physical
Construction ABS Standard connections
Colour White
2nd SOUND
1st SOUND
COMMON
Dimensions (Dia x D) 111mm x 26mm
Weight 0.4kg
Ingress protection IP30
Cable entry Rear
- - - - + +
Compatibility
Compatible
Suitable for use with Eaton conventional fire systems Conventional
Control Panel
WARNING:
Installation Do NOT use high voltage testers if ANY equipment is
1. Sounder fixes to mounting surface. connected to the system.
2. Cables pass through the middle of the sounder.
Screen (Earth) must be continuous along entire length of cable
3. Sounder wiring terminates at the sounder terminals.
4. Detector wiring terminates at normal connections on detector NOTE:
Diagram shown with 1st sound connected, if 2nd sound is
base.
required connect both negative in and negative out to the
5. If no detector is to be fitted, a blanking plate can be fitted instead. second sound terminal.
Interface options
Operates from nominal 24V dc supply and can be connected to any
suitably rated conventional sounder circuit.
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Base mountable sounder FXN824
Blanking plate (pack of 5) MDS824COV
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 4.3 Accessories
FXSOLWRS, FXSOLCWS -
Conventional solista LX wall and
ceiling beacons
The Solista LX range of visual alarm devices (VADs) Features and benefits
has both a wall and a ceiling variant. The Solista LX Wall
(FXSOLWRS) is suitable for a variety of applications and Ultra low current consumption of 10mA
compatible with both a shallow base and deep base. Up to 7.5m coverage volume
A patented lens design distributes light to achieve the 0.5Hz or 1Hz Flash rate
required illumination specified by EN 54-23, whilst using Coverage switch to 2.5m on the wall variant and 3m
minimum current consumption. on the ceiling variant.
The Solista LX Ceiling (FXSOLCWS) has a unique lens Use where current consumption is a key
design that distributes the light in a cylindrical shape to consideration
achieve the required illumination specified by EN 54-23. Ideal for bedrooms, bathrooms and toilets
Designed for installation at a height of up to 3m and with Switch flash rate to 0.5Hz to reduce current
a discrete appearance, the device is ideal for a variety of consumption
applications, including bedrooms, bathrooms and toilets. Reduces power consumption by up to 50%
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
4.3 Accessories
Technical specification
Dimensions
FXSOLWRS
93mm 66mm
DEEP BASE
SHALLOW BASE
38mm
FXSOLCWS
93mm 65mm
DEEP BASE
SHALLOW BASE
37mm
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 4.3 Accessories
The RoLP LX Wall is ideal for dual use applications where Features and benefits
a visual alarm device is required in addition to an audible
alarm. Ultra low current consumption
RoLP and RoLP Maxi sounder options
The RoLP LX is a reliable, high performing VAD (Visual
Alarm Device) that is certified to EN 54-23. Up to 7.5m coverage volume (switchable to 2.5m)
0.5 or 1Hz flash rate
Recommended for wall use and requiring just one
installation point, the RoLP LX Wall is also available as a Use where current consumption is a key
base only for use with any standard RoLP sounder. consideration
Delivering up to 106dB(A) at 1 metre sound output
Ideal for bedrooms, bathrooms and toilets
Switch flash rate to 0.5Hz to reduce current
consumption
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
4.3 Accessories
Code FXROLPWR
95mm 95mm
Mounting Wall
Voltage 18 - 28VDC (Fire Use) 9 - 15 VDC (Fire Use) 2 x 20mm
135mm
Mounting height (x) 2.4m (max)
Coverage volume code W-2.4-7.5
Coverage volume 135m3 (15m3)
Flash rate 1Hz (Switchable to 0.5Hz)
Operating temperature -25C to +70C
Monitoring Reverse polarity
Protection IP65 D (mm) W (mm) H (mm)
Weight 200g 95 95 135
Body colour Red
Flash colour Red
Sound output 102dB(A) at 1 metre (Typical tone 3 - RoLP)
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
RoLP wall red body base and sounder FXROLPWR
RoLP wall red body base only FXROLPWR-B
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 4.3 Accessories
FXSYG1WR, FXSYG1WR-WP -
Conventional symphoni LX wall
sounder beacons
The Symphoni LX Wall visual alarm device (VAD) is a Features and benefits
durable sounder beacon that is certified to EN 54-23.
Boasting impressive performance and a durable design, Ultra low current consumption
it ensures reliability and energy efficiency. Its high sound Up to 7.5m coverage volume (switchable to 2.5m)
output makes it suitable for open areas or where there is 0.5 or 1Hz Flash rate
higher than normal background noise.
Coverage switch to 2.5m
This range includes a standard version, providing UK Use where current consumption is a key
alarm tones and an E version that has tones including consideration
the German DIN tone and the Netherlands Slow Whoop.
Ideal for bedrooms, bathrooms and toilets
The Symphoni LX is also available as a base-only Switch flash rate to 0.5Hz to reduce current
variant and both the normal and base-only come in a consumption
weatherproof, IP66 variant.
Reduces power consumption by up to 50%
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
4.3 Accessories
Technical specification
Dimensions
FXSYG1WR
106mm 92mm
2 x 20mm
147mm
FXSYG1WR-WP
111mm 100mm
151mm
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Symphoni LX wall red body FXSYG1WR
Symphoni LX wall base red body FXSYR-B
Symphoni LX wall weatherproof red body FXYG1WR-WP
Symphoni LX wall weatherproof base red body FXSYR-B-WP
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 4.3 Accessories
MLB124SB, MLB124DB -
Conventional LED indicators
The LED indicators can still provide reliable light Features and benefits
indication in areas which do not have to meet the new
regulations regarding EN54-23 visual alarm devices. The MLB124SB has an unobtrusive low profile
design
The low profile, MLB124SB, is simple to install, and
The MLB124DB is the weatherproof variant with an
offers a reduced depth with pre-drilled fixing and cable
IP65 rating
entry holes, suitable for both wall or ceiling mounting.
Low power consumption LEDs
The weatherproof variant, MLB124DB, is IP65 rated
Choice of flash frequency
making them ideal for both outdoor and industrial
applications. Choice of power settings
Pre drilled cable entries on the MLB124SB and a
Both the low profile and weatherproof indicators utilises
choice of cable entry positions on the MLB124DB.
18 carefully positioned LEDs to provide a high intensity
output. Both output intensity and flash frequency is Low power requirement
selectable using internal DIP switch. Selectable flash frequency
Selectable flash intensity
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
4.3 Accessories
Technical specification
Installation Dimensions
1. Supplied with simple to install first fix mounting base.
2. Fixing and cable entry holes are pre-drilled.
3. Cable entry is from rear on MLB124SB and both rear and side on
MLB124DB. D
D
Interface options
Description Dia (mm) D (mm)
Operates from nominal 24V dc supply and can be connected to any Low profile LED indicator 95 53
suitably rated conventional sounder circuit.
Weatherproof LED indicator 95 80
Standard connections
+ + - -
Compatible
Conventional
Control Panel
WARNING:
Do NOT use high voltage testers if ANY equipment is
connected to the system.
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Low profile LED indicator MLB124SB
Weatherproof LED indicator MLB124DB
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 4.3 Accessories
The Xenon sounder indicator is an audible and visual Features and benefits
device which requires one single installation point. This
greatly reduces installation costs and is less obtrusive High output sounder beacon
than two separate devices. Versions are available Automatic sounder synchronisation
with the sounder and beacon linked, or with separate Up to 103dB(A) with built in Xenon flash
terminals for independent operation.
Suitable for a variety of applications
The weatherproof variant offers an ideal solution for Improved tone clarity, reducing confusion
installation in harsher environments, having a IP65
protection rating.
Note: From 31st December 2013 a new beacon
standard, EN 54-23 became mandatory across Europe
where Construction Product Regulation (CPR) applies.
If you are in a region where this standard applies please
understand that these indicators do not meet the
requirements of the new standards
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
4.3 Accessories
Technical specification
Dimensions
D D
Dia Dia
Standard connections
2nd SOUND
1st SOUND
COMMON
- - - - + +
Compatible
Conventional
Control Panel
WARNING:
Do NOT use high voltage testers if ANY equipment is
connected to the system.
NOTE:
Diagram shown with 1st sound connected, if 2nd sound is
required connect both negative in and negative out to the
second sound terminal.
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Xenon sounder indicator FL-RL-R-S
Weatherproof xenon sounder indicator FL-RL-R-D
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 4.4 Ancilliaries
This range of heavy duty magnetic door retainers are Features and benefits
robust and simple to install, making them ideal for a wide
range of applications, such as nursing homes, hospitals, Heavy duty construction
schools and industrial premises. Mains and 24V dc version
Two versions are available, the mains powered MDR240 Manual release switch
which has a holding force of 40kg and the MDR24L 24V Optional floor mounting bracket available
dc powered also with a holding force of 40kg. Quick and simple to install
Both versions enable doors to be held open under Slim profile unit
normal conditions but to be automatically released in the
event of fire alarm activation when interfaced with the
fire panel.
Their die cast aluminium construction with plastic front
cover plate make them suitable for most applications.
Both versions are supplied with door mounted striker
plates and can be fixed directly to a suitable wall,
alternatively a floor bracket can be used to allow floor
mounting.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
4.4 Ancilliaries
Technical specification
Installation Dimensions
1. Door retainer unit and striker plate should be fixed to a smooth D W
surface.
W
2. A single 20mm cable entry facility is provided. D
3. Door retainer can be rotated to provide cable entry at either top,
bottom or side as required. H
4. Fixings should be able to support at least double the holding force
of the magnet. H
System functionality
Description H (mm) W (mm) D (mm)
1. Designed to operate only with self closing doors. Magnet 95 95 40
2. Door retainer is fitted to wall or floor using floor bracket. Striker Plate 65 65 48
3. Striker plate is fitted to door.
4. Door retainer is fed with a constant supply via an external control Standard connections
device. INPUT VOLTAGE
5. Supply energises an electromagnet, which holds the striker plate
securely against the magnet.
6. If supply to magnet is interrupted, magnet will de-energise.
7. Door closes under control of its own self closing device.
TO DOOR RETAINER
WARNING:
Do NOT use high voltage testers if ANY equipment is
connected to the system.
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Mains powered heavy duty door retainer MDR240
24V dc heavy duty door retainer MDR24L
Floor mounting bracket for heavy duty door retainers ZMDRFBB
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 4.4 Ancilliaries
FX021240LC, FX02124VLC -
Conventional compact door retainers
Eaton compact magnetic door retainers are competitively Features and benefits
priced, simple to install and discreetly styled.
Fast fit clip on cover
The reliable compact door retainers are ideal for a wide
Mains and 24V dc versions available
range of applications, such as nursing homes, hospitals
and busy corridors. They enable doors to be held open Manual release facility
under normal conditions but automatically released in Optional floor mounting bracket available
the event of fire alarm activation when interfaced with Quick and simple to install
the fire panel.
Slim profile unit
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
4.4 Ancilliaries
Technical specification
Installation Dimensions
1. Door retainer unit and striker plate should be fixed to a smooth W
D
surface. D W
2. 16mm & 20mm cable entry facilities are provided at the top and
both sides.
3. 10mm cable entry is provided at the rear H
TO DOOR RETAINER
WARNING:
Do NOT use high voltage testers if ANY equipment is
connected to the system.
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Mains powered compact door retainer FX021240LC
24V dc compact door retainer FX02124VLC
Floor mounting bracket for compact door retainers FX021LCFB
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 4.4 Ancilliaries
MAR724 -
Conventional heavy duty relay unit
The heavy duty relay unit (MAR724) is designed for Features and benefits
interfacing heavy loads such as door release units or
plant shut down equipment with fire alarm systems. Simple to install
Visible status indication LED
This unit is simple to fix and install and the neat
unobtrusive design makes it suitable for use in a wide Double pole change over contacts
range of areas. Low current consumption
The heavy duty relay unit is powered by 24V dc 230V ac rated contacts
external supply and is provided with 2 separate sets of Will switch up to 10A (resistive)
changeover contacts. The front mounted status LED
illuminates when relay is energised.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
4.4 Ancilliaries
Code MAR724
Description Heavy duty relay unit
Specification H
24V dc INPUT
Installation
1. Heavy duty relay unit fixes to a standard deep double gang back
box (supplied). NC C NO NC C NO + -
2. Cable entry is via back box, cables are terminated into heavy duty
Compatible
terminals on relay PCB. Control Panel
24V dc OUTPUT
Interface options
WARNING:
Relay is powered by an external 24V dc supply.
Do NOT use high voltage testers if ANY equipment is
connected to the system.
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Heavy duty relay unit MAR724
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 4.4 Ancilliaries
FX range -
EN54 Pt.4 approved power supply
Switch mode power supply unit with 24V dc output Feature and benefits
voltage, available with a maximum output current of
1.5A, 2.5A and 5A. Switching Technology
Fault relay
The unit is a high efficiency switching power supply;
protected from overloads, polarity reversals and Tamper switch
short circuits. 4 LEDs indicate power supply status: Integral battery
mains power (green), battery charging (green), battery Fault indicator
discharged (yellow) & fault (yellow).
Small & large versions of metallic casing available
Specifically recommended as an auxiliary power supply EN54 Pt.4 Approved
unit for fire detection system components such as
Output currents available: 1.5A, 2.5A, 5A
electromagnets, notification devices, etc.
Simple to use
Using the unit in large systems eliminates the problem
Secure steel enclosure
of long power cable runs which simplifies installation.
The case comes provided with a mechanical lock and
tamper switch for opening and closing the front door.
The Power Supply Units are certified in accordance with
the standard UNI EN54-4:1997 + A1:2002 +A2:2006.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
4.4 Ancilliaries
Technical specification
Installation Dimensions
1. Enclosure is designed for wall mounting.
W
2. 2 x 20mm knockouts are provided for cable entry at the rear of the
enclosure.
3. A fused terminal block is provided for mains supply connection.
4. Output is protected by internal fuse (displayed in table below). D
System functionality
1. FX range power supplies provide outputs between 1.5A and 5A.
2. Output is used to supply any connected load and also to recharge
the integral batteries. H
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
24V 1.5A PSU P CASE FX1-5ABP
24V 1.5A PSU G CASE FX1-5ABG
24V 2.5A PSU G CASE FX2-5ABG
24V 5.0A PSU G CASE FX5-0ABG
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
5. Emergency voice communication systems
Specifiers guide
Emergency voice communication systems
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
5.1 Introduction
Standards Compliance
Designed from the outset to comply with BS5839 Pt9.
Scalable Solution
Cable Saving
Space Saving
Highly Integrated
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 5.2 Outstations
The VoCALL Type A outstation is a compact unit which Features and benefits
offers easy access via a magnetic push catch door.
Compact design
The Type A outstation is compatible with all VoCALL
High volume ringer
systems for use as a standard fire telephone or disabled
refuge call point. Status LED
Telecoil for hearing impaired users
Full duplex operation
Stainless steel option
Versatility, the unit can be used on all VoCALL
systems
Dual use, the Type A outstation can be used as a fire
telephone or a disabled refuge call point
Magnetic push catch, for quick and easy access
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
5.2 Outstations
Code CFVCSHP
Product description VoCALL Type A outstation
Outstation cables
Type Enhanced
Cores 2 core 1mm or 1.5mm
Distance 500m
Physical
Type A Outstations are defined in BS5839 Pt9 and can be used as a fire
Construction Zintec, Powder Coated
telephone or disabled refuge call point.
Colour options Red / Stainless Steel
When choosing the outstation type for use with an EVC System we
Weight 1.4kg (IP65 lockable box 2.5kg) recommend reading section 11 of BS5839 Pt9:2011.
Installation
Mounting Surface or flush 11.1.a
Mounting height 1200mm from the finished floor level to the centre
Type A Outstations should be used for evacuation or fire fighting use
point of the unit. and a Type B Outstation should only be used where Type A Outstations
Cutout 325mm x157mm (flush mount units)
are impractical.
Clearance When units are used as refuge call points suitable
space for a wheelchair user must be allowed.
11.1.b
For disabled refuges Type A or Type B Outstations can be used, how-
ever in locations (section 11.6.k) Type B Outstations can only be used
where the background noise is below 40dBA (therefore there can be no
Unit mounting sounder or voice alarm coverage in the area).
85mm 85mm
All VoCALL Outstations are designed for use by multi-disability users,
152mm 152mm having high contrast signage in line with RNIB guidelines and an induc-
tion loop coil (to BSEN60118-4) in the outstation.
334mm
It is recommend that Type A Outstations are used in most locations,
otherwise you may have to consider acoustic hoods or 2 outstations in
each location for compliance with the other associated standards and
320mm 320mm
laws, including BS8300 and the Equality Act 2010.
191mm
1200mm* 1200mm*
Dimensions
W2 D1
W1
H1 H2
Backbox D2
H1 W1 D1 D2
Description (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Backbox 320 152 85 -
H2 W2 D1 D2 Catalogue numbers
Description (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Description Code
Flush Mounted 334 191 85 2 VoCALL Type A outstation, surface mount, red CFVCSHP
VoCALL Type A outstation, surface mount, stainless steel CFVCSHPSS
VoCALL Type A outstation, flush mount, red CFVCFHP
VoCALL Type A outstation, flush mount, stainless steel CFVCFHPSS
VoCALL Type A uncased red handset CFVCHFS
VoCALL Type A outstation, IP65 lockable, surface mount, red CFVCIPA
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 5.2 Outstations
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
5.2 Outstations
Technical specification
Code CFVCSHF
Product description VoCALL Type B outstation
Outstation cables
Type Fire rated (some installations will require enhanced cabling, see wiring guide for details).
Cores 2 core 1mm or 1.5mm
Distance 500m
Indications & controls
Status LEDs 2 off red (flashing for location lights, solid in use)
Call button Press to call button
Cancel button Press to cancel button
Physical
Construction Zintec, powder coated
Colour options Green / red / stainless steel
Weight 1.105kg
Installation
Mounting Surface or flush
Mounting height 1000mm from the finished floor level to the centre point of the unit.
Cutout 140mm x 140mm (flush mount units)
Clearance When units are used as refuge call points suitable space for a wheelchair user must be
allowed.
135mm 135mm
Line connector on Network / Compact Unit to Type B Line -
Line + connector on Network / Compact Unit to Type B Line +
154mm
When choosing the outstation type for use with an EVC System we
recommend reading section 11 of BS5839 Pt9:2011.
1000mm* 11.1.a
1000mm*
Type A Outstations should be used for evacuation or fire fighting use
and a Type B Outstation should only be used where Type A Outstations
Dimensions are impractical.
W2 D1
11.1.b
For disabled refuges Type A or Type B Outstations can be used,
W1 however in locations (section 11.6.k) Type B Outstations can only be
used where the background noise is below 40dBA (therefore there can
H1 H2
be no sounder or voice alarm coverage in the area).
All VoCALL Outstations are designed for use by multi-disability users,
having high contrast signage in line with RNIB guidelines and an
induction loop coil (to BSEN60118-4) in the outstation.
D2
Backbox
H1 W1 D1 D2
Description (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Backbox 135 135 42 -
H2 W2 D1 D2 Catalogue numbers
Description (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Description Code
Flush (seperate bazel) 154 154 45 2
VoCALL Type B outstation, surface mount, red CFVCSHF
VoCALL Type B outstation, surface mount, green CFVCSHFG
VoCALL Type B outstation, surface mount, stainless steel CFVCSHFSS
VoCALL flush mounting bazel for use with any Type B CFVCFHB
outstation, stainless steel
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 5.2 Outstations
For situations where both a fire fighting telephone and a Features and benefits
disabled refuge point are required in the same location.
In normal use the Type B green disabled refuge point BS5839 pt9 compliant
operates and rings, however if the door is opened and Monitored handset
the Fire telephone handset is lifted, a call from the Handsfree unit
handset is directed to the control point instead.
Telecoil in handset
CFVCDUO can be used with either the compact or Uses single line
network VoCALL systems and only takes one line
Flush case
position. The VoCALL Emergency Voice Communication
system (EVCS) is designed to fully comply with BS5839 Simple two core connection to controller or
pt9:2011, for use as a fire telephone, disabled refuge exchange using 1mm CSA fire rated cables
communication and disabled call system, and allows all Fire telephone automatically overrides disabled
parts to be combined into a single system. refuge point
An EVCS is a fixed, monitored and maintained, High contrast green indication of refuge point, with
bidirectional, full duplex voice communication tactile Braille to assist use
system to assist the orderly evacuation of disabled LEDs show system is operating and help to locate
or mobility impaired people and enhance firefighters the unit in poor lighting conditions
communication during emergencies.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
5.2 Outstations
11.1.b
Dimensions For disabled refuges Type A or Type B handsets can be used, however
W2 D1 in locations (section 11.6.k) Type B handsets can only be used where
the background noise is below 40dBA (therefore there can be no
sounder or voice alarm coverage in the area).
W1
VoCALL handsets are designed for use by multidisability users, having
H1 H2 high contrast signage in line with RNIB guidelines and an induction
loop coil (to BSEN60118-4) in the handset.
CFVCDUO can be used where both functions are required, and eases
compliances with other associated standards and laws, including
Backbox D2 BS8300 and the Equality Act 2010.
H1 W1 D1 D2
Description (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Backbox 480 190 82 -
H2 W2 D1 D2
Description (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Flush mounted 494 204 82 2
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
VoCALL Type A and Type B flush mount outstation CFVCDUO
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 5.2 Outstations
The VoCALL roaming handset is used along with the Features and benefits
jack plate for emergency voice communication system
installations in countries whose fire codes allow for Flexible roaming phone
roaming handsets (these units are not suitable for Low noise high quality telephone jack
installation in the UK under BS5839 Pt9). Telecoil for hearing impaired users
When used together the roaming handset and jack plate Full duplex operation
form a Type A outstation which is compatible with all Stainless steel jack plate
VoCALL systems.
The jack plate can be surface or flush mounted
Full duplex operation, allowing 2 way voice
communication
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
5.2 Outstations
Technical specification
- VE - VE
-
1mm CSA 2 core Enhanced IN
+
+ VE + VE
86mm - VE
10K EOL or 2 core cable
-
OUT
to next Jack Plate
+ VE
+
1000mm*
The jack plate and roaming handset are suitable for EVC System
installations in countries whose fire codes allow for roaming handsets.
Not suitable for installation in the UK under BS5839 Pt9.
Dimensions
W D
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
VoCALL roaming handset CFVCRHS
VoCALL jack plate CFVCRJP
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 5.3 Emergency assist alarm
This Emergency Assist Alarm VoCALL kit has been Features and benefits
specifically designed to integrate disabled call functions
into the VoCALL network or VoCALL compact ranges Monitored to BS5839 Pt9
providing the perfect solution for conformity with the Remote powered from the VoCALL system
Building Regulations Document M and Equality Act 2010. Dual loop pull cord
Emergency Assist Alarms are required by Building High contrast labels
Regulation Document M, and by integrating it with Blue indication
the Emergency Voice Communication System all calls
Saving power, no PSU is required.
relating to disabled communications can be monitored
on the same VoCALL system. One install saves running 2 separate systems.
One location for all calls from disabled toilets and
This Emergency Assist solution is fully monitored and
refuge points monitored from one location.
battery backed by the VoCALL system, saving local
power supplies and giving confidence in the system Tactile braille signage to assist partially sighted
integrity. people to easily operate the cancel plate.
No additional equipment necessary to connect to
The Emergency Assist Alarm shows up as a call on
the VoCALL system.
the VoCALL system, but has no speech path so a
conversation cannot be had with the occupant, use of
the type B outstations would allow this.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
5.3 Emergency assist alarm
VoCall - -
12V + + Over Door
Unit
- Indicator
+
Pull Cord Unit -
+ Cancel
- Unit
-
+
+
Note:
1. Installer must follow schematic above when connecting to
VoCALL circuits.
2. Circuit is limited to one each of the over door indicator, pull cord,
and cancel units only.
Knot the cord to ensure the lowest Vocall unit will indicate emergency assist alarm activations.
ring is 100mm from the floor.
Cut off excess cord. To reset call - press the cancel button on emergency assist alarm.
Screw the
two piece connector
connector
together
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 5.3 Emergency assist alarm
The Emergency Assist Alarm - stand alone kit provides Features and benefits
the perfect solution for conformity with the Building
Regulations Document M and Equality Act 2010. Complies with regulations and recommendations
Dual loop pull cord
This is a simple 2 wire system that has been specifically
designed to meet the needs of disabled service users High contrast labels
and conforms to all the relevant requirements; Disability Blue indication
Rights Commission code of practice, English Tourism Quick and simple installation, with limited cabling
Council Recommendations and RNIB signage guidelines. requirements
The use of combined high output blue LED indication High contrast printing for increased visibility
and buzzer ensures a response to the call. Tactile braille signage to assist partially sighted
The Emergency Assist Alarm - stand alone kit comprises people to easily operate the cancel plate
of all the components needed to install a fully compliant Additional plate can be added to give system
system, with additional parts available separately. flexibility
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
5.3 Emergency assist alarm
Power - -
12V + + IN Over Door
Supply
7 - Indicator
+ OUT
3 4
Pull Cord Unit -
IN Cancel
+
- Unit
-
+ OUT
10K
5
OUT IN
PSU Over door indicator
Over door indicator Cancel unit
1. Ceiling pull is surface mounted 5. The lower cord pull should be exactly Cancel unit Pull cord unit
2. The Ceiling Pull should be positioned so 100mm above floor level (remove excess
that its readily accessible from the WC or cord).
bath (where applicable). 6. The Over Door Indicator provides an
3. The Cancel Button should be positioned audible and visual signal to indicate the
so that it is reachable from the WC and a area where assistance is required.
wheelchair. 7. The Power Supply is situated in corridor System operation
4. The upper cord pull should be located and supplied via switched fuse spur.
between 800mm & 1000mm above floor Normal state Power supply unit power LED is lit.
level.
To place a call Operate the pull cord. LEDs will illuminate pull cord
unit, cancel unit and over door indicator. An internal
buzzer will also sound in the over door indicator.
Pull station installation
To reset call Press the cancel button.
Note:
1. Circuit is limited to one additional item from the Over Door
Knot the cord to ensure the lowest
Indicator, Pull Cord or Cancel units only. This circuit should be one
ring is 100mm from the floor. continuous radial type circuit with no spurs.
Cut off excess cord.
Catalogue numbers
Screw the
Description Code
two piece connector
together Emergency assist alarm - stand alone kit CFEAPULLKIT
Individual emergency assist alarm components
100mm
Emergency assist pull code unit CFEAPULL
Low current power supply unit CFEAPSUKIT
Over door indicator CFEAODI
Cancel button CFEARSP
Pull cord accessory pack CFEACORD
Disabled sticker (pack of 5) CFEADS
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 5.3 Emergency assist alarm
The 4 way splitter unit allows up to 4 stand alone Features and benefits
disabled toilets to be monitored in one specific area.
Designed to comply with all regulations and
Staff can then, at the designated area such as a recommendations
reception or security desk, react to an alarm swiftly and
High visibility
efficiently.
Small compact design
The emergency assist power supply unit (PSU) is
Local panel acknowledge call button
designed to power the 4 way splitter.
Up to 4 disabled toilets monitored in one area
When using the 4 way splitter each disabled toilet does
Uses blue LEDs to avoid confusion
not need its own PSU as each toilet is powered by the 4
way splitter. Visibility to remote staffed areas
No mains or PSU required at each disabled toilet
The VoCALL emergency assist alarm kit can be used
using the 4 way splitter
with the 4 way splitter. The individual components of
the VoCALL emergency assist alarm kit can also be
purchased separately
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
5.3 Emergency assist alarm
Technical specification
Wiring
The mains powered supply must be wired by a qualified person in
accordance with the latest revision on the IEE wiring regulations
(currently 17th Edition), and connected to the building mains supply
using a fused spur (fitted with a 3A fuse).
All mains wiring should be provided in accordance with the current
edition of the IEE Wiring Regs (BS 7671) or in accordance with the
relevant national wiring rules.
Always segregate Extra Low Voltage (ELV) wiring from the mains
wiring. System requires minimum 2 core 0.4mm2 cable. All wall-
mounting devices should be mounted onto a back box of the required
depth.
2 CORE CABLE
CANCEL BUTTON
4 WAY SPLITTER
SL4 UNIT
(CFEASL4)
OVER DOOR
INDICATOR
L
N
E
CEILING PULL CORD
OVER DOOR
INDICATOR
CANCEL BUTTON
OVER DOOR
INDICATOR Catalogue numbers
Description Code
4 way splitter CFEASL4
High current power supply unit CFEAPSU
Emergency assist pull code unit CFEAPULL
CEILING PULL CORD
Emergency assist alarm - vocall kit CFVCEA
CANCEL BUTTON Over door indicator CFEAODI
Cancel button CFEARSP
OVER DOOR
INDICATOR Pull cord accessory pack CFEACORD
Disabled sticker (pack of 5) CFEADS
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
6. Public address and voice alarm systems
Specifiers guide
Public address and voice alarm systems
Emergency microphone all call (EMA) 6.0 Public address and voice alarm systems 6.0
Introduction............................................................................................................................... 6.1
Panels ....................................................................................................................................... 6.2
Speakers.................................................................................................................................... 6.3
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
6.1 Introduction
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 6.2 Panels
The VoCALL Voice series of voice alarm systems are Features and benefits
designed for the majority of fixed installations and are
available in several forms. Can function as a stand alone or networked system
EN54-16 and EN54-4 LPCB certified for CPR
The VoCALL voice distributed amplifier unit (DAU) is
a complete VA system, which has been developed BS5839 part 8, 2008 compliant
to replace talking sounders in many voice alarm Single or dual 50W 100V line outputs
applications. 3 Messages (65 Seconds) or 130 second with new
It is supplied in a single wall mount box which is module
complete with messages, fire interface, single or dual Dual VoCALL voice network ports
50W monitored amplifiers, power supply, monitored Eaton loop addressable option
battery charger and the ability to connect non monitored
Opto isolated fire interface (with reset) for any fire
paging and music sources directly.
panel
The boxes can be connected together using the network Wall mounted
ports so a system with up-to 128 nodes is available and
Common fault out
paged from the all call CFVAEMA fire microphones or
the CFVAMZ multi-zone panels. Paging input
Operates on CWZ fire cables
Full fault monitoring
EN54-4 battery charging and monitoring
Direct music input
Music ramping
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
6.2 Panels
Technical specification
The VoCALL Voice DAU draws the minimum of current in standby
Code CFVADAU conditions, muting the music when the AC supply fails, enabling the
Description Voice distributed amplifier unit (DAU) unit to draw a minuscule 60mA quiescent current, enabling the use of
Standards EN54-16 and EN54-4 LPCB certified 5AH commodity SLA batteries for compliance with BS5839 pt8.
Power supply and charger Connection to a fire alarm system could not be simpler; the DAU
AC input 230V ac +/- 10% 50/60 Hz appears as an addressable device on Eatons analogue addressable
Internal power supply 27.6V dc panels. For compatibility with other fire alarm CIE, the DAU has
Supply & battery Monitored
independent Alert and Evacuate inputs, which can be directly
connected to reverse monitored sounder circuits. Once activated the
Protection Deep discharge, Short, Terminal
fire alarm signals need to be de-latched by the reset input.
Temperature compensation Yes
The speaker lines are monitored using a low current DC system, which
Battery size and type 2 x 12V 5AHr
is continuous and works with the music playing. Faults reported are
Mains fuse 240V 2A HRC
open, short and earth faults. Each speaker fitted to the DAU must have
Battery fuse 6.3AF 20mm a DC blocking capacitor fitted. The use of DC monitoring allows all
Max charge current 1.1A cable types (MICC and soft skin) to be used with the system as well
Inputs as multiple spurs. Music sources can be plugged directly into the DAU
Ports 2 (in and out)
and the level of this can be set using the front panel menu. When used
with a paging microphone, the music ducks and restores gently after
Cables Each leg is 4 off 2 core cables
paging.
Background music
Sensitivity -6dBV to + 2dBV
Level range 30dB
Cables
Cables between the fire panel, emergency microphone (CFVAEMA)
Page and speakers must be fire rated for standards compliance.
Sensitivity -6dBV to + 4dBV The system is designed to run with CWZ rated SPEAKER cables
Ptt type 0V to access including Mineral Insulated types, for maximum run lengths consult the
Power +24 nominal chart in the instructions.
Speaker circuits Each speaker circuit can have up to two spurs as shown above for
Circuits 1 or 2 off 50W RMS each maximum flexibility.
Level 100V RMS (+40dBV)
Bandwidth 80 Hz to 18 KHz (-3dB full power)
Distortion 0.05% 50W 27.6V 5% 50W 22V
Messages
All messages are WindowsTM WAV files and are uploaded to the
Monitoring DC end of line (9k expected)
onboard Flash memory using a specially developed PC application and
Capacitor Typically 2.2 uF 250V DC a serial port (including USB types). The unit holds three messages, with
Fault indication Open, Short, Earth a combined playing time of over 65(130) seconds.
Protection Short, open, thermal, DC offset
Fire interface
Analogue addressable Eaton loop interface with short circuit
isolation and auto addressing
Compatible inputs 3 off isolated + 12V to +33V
Outputs 1 Relay (open on fault)
Dimensions
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
50W single channel addressable DAU CFVADAU50
2 x 50W dual addressable DAU CFVADAU100
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 6.2 Panels
The VoCALL Voice EMA is designed to provide an all call Features and benefits
emergency microphone as the top two priorities of the
VoCALL Voice DAU network. EN54-16 CPR certified by LPCB
Dual VoCALL voice network ports
All connections are fully monitored for open, short
and earth faults and the microphone capsule is also Fully monitored
monitored for open and short conditions. Close coupled noise cancelling fist microphone
The pre-amplifier is a high quality compressor limiter, Studio quality compressor limiter
which prevents the system from being overdriven by Wall mounted enclosure
poor microphone use, it also corrects for quiet speakers. Bass and treble controls
Tone controls allow the microphone to be equalised for
Selectable 1, 2 or 3 note chime
maximum clarity and the chime is selectable (1, 2 or 3
note) and the level controlled independently of the voice Secure controls inside panel
level. Three message buttons and cancel
The CFVAEMA connects to the DAU using eight cores of Compliant high visibility signage
cable for each network port typically this will consist of BS5839 part 8, 2008 compliant
four off two core cables, the required conductor gauge is
1mm CSA. For further information on cable types, refer
to BS5839 part 8, 2008.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
6.2 Panels
Technical specification
Code CFVAEMA
Description Emergency microphone all call
Standards EN54-16 CPR certified by LPCB
Type Dynamic close-coupled noise cancelling element
Response 100Hz to 5KHz
Sensitivity -52dB
Impedance 200
Monitoring Open and short circuit
Power
Voltage 24V nominal (18V to 35V DC)
Current 60mA Nominal
Indication & controls
Led indicators 12 off; Alert Message playing, Evac Message Playing, Test Message Playing, Speak
Now, System Busy, Microphone Fault
User controls 5 off, Microphone Push to Talk, Alert Message Play, Evac Message Play, Test
Message Play, Message Cancel
Audio controls 4 off, Microphone Level, Chime Level, Bass, Treble
Chime select 2 way Dip switch, no chime, 1,2 or 3 notes
Audio processing
Gain 54dB
Compressor Variable ratio 2:1 to limit 20:1
Attack 10mS
Release Automatic from 500mS to 1500mS
Dynamic range >60dB
THD <0.25%
Output level +4dBV Max
Physcial
Dimensions (H x W x D) 400 x 320 x 180
Weight 4.5 Kg
Protection IP30
Dimensions Paging
To Page all zones on the system pick up the microphone and press
W the button on the side, the green speak LED will light and speech can
commence, if the Yellow Busy light lights then another microphone at
the same or higher priority is already accessing the system and you are
D not allowed to broadcast.
H
Messages
To broadcast a message to all zones, simply press the message button
required, the LED beside the button will light indicating you have
started the message broadcast. All messages from the panel latch and
must be cancelled by pressing the Black cancel button, the LED for the
selected message will extinguish immediately, however the message
Description H (mm) W (mm) D (mm) will run to the end of the current cycle.
CFVAEMA 400 320 180
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Emergency microphone all call CFVAEMA
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 6.3 Speakers
This series of elegant looking robust metal cabinet Features and benefits
loudspeakers are vandal resistant and are supplied with a
100 volt line transformer. Up to 100dB(A) at 10W at 1 metre
BS5839, Part 8 Compliant as standard
The units contain 2 x 20mm knock-out gland entries and
have a range of fixing holes for easy installation to wall Up to 10 watts
or ceiling. Recommended for voice evacuation systems, Vandal-resistant
these units are ideally suited for use in shopping centres, 100V/70V line transformer
prisons, schools, railway stations, etc. The SAFEV6-EN
units are supplied with 100V/70V line transformer as
standard.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
6.3 Speakers
Dimensions
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Vandal resistant loudspeaker SAFEV6-EN
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 6.3 Speakers
These elegant but rugged sound projectors are Features and benefits
manufactured in an aluminium extruded case finished in
white (RAL 9010). The RAC15-EN, robust bi-directional BS5839, Part 8 Compliant as standard
speaker has a slide fitting mounting bracket whereas Up to 104dB(A) at 15W at 1 metre
the PAC 15 projector speaker has a fitted U-bracket. Up to 15 watts with multiple tappings
Incorporated in these units is a high quality dual cone
IP54
driver unit giving both clear speech and excellent
background music reproduction for many applications Rugged aluminium construction
both indoors and out. With a rugged construction, these 100V line transformer as standard
units are ideally suited for use in corridors, passageways, Options available: 8 ohms, addressable modules,
shopping centres, prisons, car parks, railway stations and special paint finish, special cable gland and tails
other public places. (including armoured and braided)
The RAC15-EN and PAC15-EN are BS 5839, Part 8
Compliant, weatherproof to IP54 and are fitted with a
100V line transformer and a 0.5m fire rated cable tail as
standard.
Additional modifications available: 8 ohm, addressable
modules, special cable tails/glands (including armoured
and braided) and special paint finishes.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
6.3 Speakers
Technical specification
Performance
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
Bi-directional speaker RAC15-EN
Projector speaker PAC15-EN
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 6.3 Speakers
The slimline CM20-EN is a column speaker that has Features and benefits
been designed for installation with the kind of appeal
normally associated with foreground music. This robust BS5839, Part 8 Compliant as standard
but attractive loudspeaker is designed to give high quality Up to 109dB(A)
sound reproduction. Complete with an easily fitted 15, 20 and 40W units
rugged stainless steel swivel bracket arrangement this
IP65
weatherproof speaker can be used in airports, the rail
industry churches, small theatres and other places of Aluminium
entertainment. Switchable between 100V line transformer and
8 ohms
With an ingress protection rating of IP65 and BS5839,
part 8 compliant as stantard, these units represent an
affordable and elegant high quality solution for music and
speech reproduction.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
6.3 Speakers
Technical specification
Code CM20-EN
Power 20W - 100V line / 4 ohms
Output 106dB(A) @ 20W
Sensitivity 91dB(A) @ 1W
Tappings (100V) 1.25, 2.5, 5, 10, 20W
Frequency range 100-20,000
Dispersion @ 1kHz 180o Horiz / 70o Vert
Temperature - 20oC to + 50oC
Protection IP65
Cable entry Industrial version 1 x M25 entry with conduit adaptor
Pt8 - 2 x M20 entries with glands
Mounting Tilt & turn bracket
Weight 2.7kg
Material Aluminium
BS5839-8 Yes
Colour White
Performance
Feature CM20-EN
Output 101 dB at 20W
Sensitivity 88dB at 1W
IP rating IP65
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
20W weatherproof column speaker CM20-EN
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 6.3 Speakers
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide
6.3 Speakers
Technical specification
Performance
Feature MC4-EN MC5-EN MC6-EN
Output 100 dB at 10W 103 dB at 10W 103 dB at 10W
Sensitivity 90dB at 1W 93dB at 1W 93dB at 1W
IP rating N/A N/A N/A
Catalogue numbers
Description Code
4 ceiling loudspeaker MC4-EN
5 ceiling loudspeaker MC5-EN
6 ceiling loudspeaker MC6-EN
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
7. Miscellaneous
Specifiers guide
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous
ENW50 engineering specification
VESDA smoke detection systems
Optical beam smoke detectors
W15 engineering specification
7.0 Miscellaneous
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.1 Miscellaneous
Section 7. 1 miscellaneous
Provide central control and indication equipment, and, where specified, distributed and repeat indication facilities.
Provide audible alarms and combined audible/visual alarms of the nature and type indicated, to achieve the required sound levels and
intelligibility specified and to satisfy relevant British Standards.
Provide software system and programming, including security of stored information; and re-programming capability.
Provide dedicated power supplies to fire detection and alarm control panels, and, where required, ancillary and field devices, including
independent standby battery-charger facilities.
Undertake all testing and commissioning of the system in accordance with standard and regulatory criteria, specialised
manufacturers standard procedures, to the satisfaction of the contract administrators (CA) representative, employers
representative and local fire authority, as required. Undertake all testing and commissioning to an integrated programme with other
systems to ensure that all necessary power supplies are available, and that the correct operation of all interfaces with ancillary systems
can be proved.
Provide full record information, including testing results, operational and maintenance manuals, record drawings, zonal and address
designations and certification.
Provide all system components of compatible operation, and all of a single manufacturers standard product range. Employ a
specialist fire alarm system contractor, who is LPCB approved, to select system components, undertake installation of specialist
equipment, and undertake testing, commissioning and certification.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.1 Miscellaneous
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.1 Miscellaneous
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.1 Miscellaneous
3110 General
The fire detection and alarm system is to include the following items:
1. Main control and indication panel
2. Repeater panel
3. Automatic detection circuits or loops, connecting automatic detection devices, manual call points and other interface,
isolation and control devices.
4. Alarm circuits connected to audible/visual alarms.
5. Auxiliary circuits connected so as to automatically interface with other systems.
6. Networking provision
7. Printer log
The arrangement of the system components is to be as indicated on the tender drawings. The system type (and configuration) is to be
as outlined below. The system control is to be as described at Clause 4000. The system is to include all components necessary to achieve
the operational performance outlined in this specification, including all sundry relays, interfacing and interconnecting components.
Provide a system in which all automatic detectors, manual call points, alarm devices and other field and interface devices have an inbuild
short circuit isolator and are capable of being soft addressed by the panel to give a unique identification address; and in which the main
control and identification panel has a microprocessor - based, pre-programmed software system which allows identification of the
condition of all devices in the system. The automatic devices are to be of the analogue type providing an analogue indication of the
condition status, and the panel is to have a facility to recognise the analogue signals and respond in accordance with pre-selected
threshold alarm levels.
The fire detection and alarm system shall be manufactured by an ISO 9001:2008 certified company and meet the term and definition in
BS EN ISO 13943 and the following shall apply:
The CIE (Control and Indicating Equipment) and peripheral devices shall be 100% manufactured by a single manufacturer
(or division thereof).
The CIE and peripheral devices shall be approved to the latest EN standard by an industry recognized and reputable third
party test house such as LPCB/VDS.
The complete system must also be approved to the latest EN54-13 and compliant with BS.5839 Part 1 2013 Code of
Practice.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.1 Miscellaneous
3211 General
Provide a multi-zone, multi-loop main control panel of the intelligent addressable type, housing all items of control and indication equip-
ment and located and mounted as indicated on the drawings. The panel is to have a fascia layout generally as set-out in the selected man-
ufacturers standard arrangement and be of tamper-proof construction. Components, including the power supply unit are to be mounted
internally or on the front panel to provide a single integral unit. The equipment mounting is to be arranged such that the enclosure can be
fixed in position, and outgoing cables terminated, prior to the equipment being installed. The enclosure is to incorporate suitable internal
cable management such that modular components can be easily replaced. The internal layout is to be arranged to provide adequate free
space for cable
termination. Access to all terminals is to be possible with the panel in an operational state. The enclosure is to include a series of 20mm
knockouts to the top of the enclosure for termination of cable glands.
Equip the panel with all necessary controls and indication to monitor, interrogate, programme, silence, test and re-set the system. The
panel is to include facilities for full fault monitoring of all devices connected to the loop. The panel is to provide a real time graphical
representation of the analogue level of each device to aid fault diagnosis. The panel is to incorporate a 96 zone designation LED indicator
board. The panel is to be capable of indicating the exact source of the alarm condition on the display. An integrated microprocessor system
is to be provided to interpret, analyse and dispense fire alarm information. A non-volatile memory is to be provided to record all system
events, up to a maximum of 9,999 events, and hold these available for printing out or displaying on screen. The time and date of each
event is to be recorded, with sufficient data to identify the device, zone and loop. The earliest event is to be automatically discarded on
memory overrun.
Programming is to be completed by the manufacturer or manufacturers representative, including zone definition in accordance with
B.S.5839: Part 1. Each zone to be given a unique reference. The fire alarm zoning should accord as a minimum with the schedule of fire
alarm zones, duly developed by the contractor and agreed with the engineer. A colour marked up drawing showing zone areas is to be
provided at system acceptance.
Issue for comment, prior to programming, all necessary information, e.g. proposed room names and numbers. A full chart detailing device
numbers, types, loop connected, zone, address and position is to be supplied as part of the users operating and instruction manual.
Where indicated, provide facilities for connection of repeat panels. Incorporate means for disabling the link to the repeat panel(s), with
audible and visual indication when disabled.
The Main control panel must be CPR and EN54 pt13 approved by an industry recognised 3rd party test house (LPCB, VdS).
3212 Features
The panel is to incorporate the following features as a minimum
1. Interactive, touch sensitive liquid crystal display, back-lit, with a 320 x 240 mm viewable area, to enable all alarm and
fault conditions to be reported. All information is to be stored in the display memory to enable messages to be scrolled
and reviewed prior to system re-setting. The display language should be switchable to enable control information or any
system information messages to be in English or the required local language.
2. A switchable, touch sensitive liquid crystal display keypad for system interrogation, programming, device labelling and
device/zone isolation including facilities to display index, display log and review/scroll and also provision for a dedicated
PC based software package using a standard computer, keyboard and interconnection facility.
3. All necessary control cards for the number of loops required, including spare capacity.
4. System status lamp/LED indications.
5. Touch sensitive screen controls to:
Replace and add devices. Enable or disable sensors, zones, sounders, interface units.
Logs of current faults and fires. View addressable device status.
Graphical analysis of Intelligent sensor Printer status to allow On request or Auto with filtering
information. options.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.1 Miscellaneous
6. Zone identification
7. Real time graphical display of selected system address analogue level
8. Fault monitoring for all detection circuits, to cover open, short circuit and earth fault conditions, with a separate alarm
output provided for each of these conditions.
9. Supervisory buzzer.
10. Integral battery/charger power supply unit (see clause 3400)
11. An integral 40 character thermal printer to provide a hard copy of all information shown on the display, and stored
information to provide history, full or selective, of system events.
12. Real time clock.
13. All necessary operating relay/switch devices and auxiliary devices to control remote ancillary devices. (see clause 4000)
14. Sufficient quantity of terminals to receive all incoming and outgoing circuit wiring, including provision for future spare
capacity.
15. Alarm circuits, of sufficient number as outlined elsewhere, complete with continuous circuit fault monitoring facilities.
16. Instructions for user operation.
17. A zone chart identifying the building fire alarm zones, is to be mounted adjacent to the panel.
18. An output port to allow communication with a suitable computer, using RS - 232 data interchange system.
19. All necessary volt free contracts to achieve operation of ancillary systems (as outlined at clause 4200)
A) Each network mounted repeat indicating panel is to be self-contained, have its own mains and standby power supply (or
as proposed by the respective system manufacturer), and is to provide immediate duplication of all indications displayed
on the main control and indication panel. The repeat panel display is to be identical in all regards to the main panel and
programmable as passive (indication only) or active (indication and control).
B) Each loop connected repeat indicating panel is to be self-contained, have its own mains and standby power supply (or as
proposed by the respective system manufacturer), and is to provide immediate duplication of all indications displayed on
the connected control and indication panel. The loop connected repeater panels are to have limited control function
facilities.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.1 Miscellaneous
3310 General
Detectors are to be kept free of any contamination due to works taking place after installation and commissioning by bagging etc, and any
heads contaminated are to be replaced by the installer at no extra cost.
Mount indicators above plant room entrance doors, wired to their associated detector. The Installer should note that these indicators are
not necessarily detailed on either layout drawings or system schematics. Clearly label all remote indicators as to their location and purpose.
Remote Indicators must be approved by an industry recognised 3rd party test house (LPCB, VdS).
Detectors must be CPR approved to EN54 Pt5 ,Pt7 and Pt17 by an industry recognised 3rd party test house (LPCB, VdS).
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.1 Miscellaneous
All automatic detection devices are to be individually compensated, within their internal operational software, for any degradation in
performance due to ageing, dust accumulation, component characteristic change etc.
Detectors installed anywhere on any loop are to be capable of being assigned to any zone.
Ensure each manual call point is of the intelligent addressable type and capable of being individually both soft or hard addressed and
have an inbuilt short circuit isolator .
Manual call point must be CPR approved by an industry recognised 3rd party test house (LPCB, VdS).
Locate smoke detectors within 1,500mm of the fire lift fire curtains and open riser shafts.
Detectors are to be of the obscuration or scatter light type, capable of sensitivity adjustment via the system control panel.
The detector shall comply with the sensitivity performance of B.S. 5445.
Short circuit isolation provision shall be within each addressable device to maintain maximum system integrity under a loop short
circuit fault condition and compliant to EN54 pt17.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.1 Miscellaneous
The interface units are to be of the addressable type with inbuilt short circuit isolators, connected, powered by the local loop circuit and
are to provide the required inputs / outputs for control or indication functions. Where interface units are indicated, coordinate their location
with the respective system specialist to ensure their mounting is situated at high level and as close as possible to the corresponding
specialists equipment. Label all interface units with both their function and address. Each input/output way is to be fully programmable
from the control panel and be fully monitored for open and short circuit conditions.
Circuits are to be monitored for open circuit, earth and short circuit fault conditions by an appropriate end-of-line device.
Audible alarm devices must be CPR approved to EN54 pt3 and pt17 by an industry recognised 3rd party test house (LPCB, VdS).
Visual Alarm Devices (VADs) must be CPR approved to EN54 pt23 by an industry recognised 3rd party test house (LPCB, VdS). They must
have a flash rate of between 0.5Hz and 2Hz and have an output of between 1 and 500 candela. They should be either red or white flash
and the housing shall be either red or white in colour. VADs can be either conventional or addressable.
VAD quantities and layouts should be designed based upon manufacturers specified coverage and achieving a minimum of 0.4 lux above
ambient light levels in the area of application. Consideration should be given to providing VADs in WCs, bathrooms, any area where a person
who is hard of hearing or deaf may be working, where personal music systems are in use, where there is intentional reduction or limiting
of audible alarms (eg: radio broadcast studios, operating theatres) and any areas of high ambient noise particularly if hearing protection is
in use. The decision on where to place VADs should be risk assessment driven in in consultation with the end user of the building.
3410 General
Provide separate power supplies to each item of equipment, as required, comprising a primary mains 230V a.c. supply, and a secondary/
back-up D.C. power supply unit, incorporating a battery charger, for the specified system operating voltage. Power supplies are to comply
with BS 3116: Part 4 and BS 5839: Part 1.
Power supplies are to be provided for the following items:
1. Main control and indication panel, including ancillary control and indication equipment.
2. Repeat indicator panels
3. Interface unit (where indicated by the manufacturer)
Provide fault monitoring and alarm indication for:
1. Mains power failure
2. Battery power failure
3. Charger output failure
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.1 Miscellaneous
Connect the supply to equipment via an unswitched fuse connection unit, suitably labelled. Final connection to the equipment is to be
in heat-resistant LSF cable of a suitable rating enclosed within steel conduit. Label fuse connection units with details of equipment served
and include wording Fire Alarm - Do not switch off.
Ensure each supply is dedicated to particular equipment item (and does NOT feed any non-fire alarm device). The exception to this are
supplies to local disabled refuge panels and the pager system, although remote refuge panels and pager boosters will be derived from
remote distribution boards.
Label appropriate MCBs in distribution boards to emphasise supplies are serving fire alarm equipment.
Battery impedance should be continually monitored by the control panel as per the requirements of EN54-4
Battery chargers to be high quality constant potential type, with temperature compensation. Charging voltages and currents are to be
checked and recorded during commissioning.
Utilise soft skinned cabling suitable for enhanced protection only between loop interface units and ancillary systems. Provide additional
steel conduit protection to this cable where used in plant rooms, within walls to protect against mechanical damage.
All cables associated with the fire alarm installation shall be of fire resistant 2 core 1.5mm2 screened type. Cables shall comply with
BS 7629: 1993 and BS 6387. The use of a 4 core cable for the addressable loop circuit must be specifically avoided.
The cable for use on the fire alarm addressable loop circuit shall be of the following type and specification, and shall typically not exceed
2 km per circuit:
The cable is to comply with BS 6387 having typically no more than 2 cores.
A maximum of 0.5F inter-core capacitance.
Each core having no less than 1.5mm2 cross sectional area with an inherent or thorough metal conduit screen for earth
continuity in order to produce electrical protection & screening and having protection from heat and mechanical damage.
The cable screen must be suitable for through termination at each system device whilst maintaining separation from
building earth.
Multi core cables having more than 2 cores shall not be allowed for loop wiring due to inadequate separation and likely
interference problems.
Provide all cabling for the complete system of the 600V mineral insulated copper covered (MICV) type with a red LSF outer sheath.
Provide minimum cable sizes of 1.5mm for detection, actuation and speaker circuits.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.1 Miscellaneous
Ensure that the maximum number of addresses allowed to be connected on each loop is not exceeded, and allows a minimum of 20%
spare capacity.
Ensure that the routes of each leg of each loop cable are segregated from each other, in order to reduce loss of entire fire alarm loop
in the event of short or open circuit or earth fault occurring, and that only one cable leg can be affected by a fault.
3520 Installation
Install the cabling fixed to walls using dedicated cable systems. The installation arrangement is to allow a practical means for future rewir-
ing of the system.
Single or twin runs of cable in ceiling voids may be clipped direct to the structure. Where more than two cables follow a common route,
include for the installation of a cable tray spaced off the soffit by suitable galvanised brackets. Cable trays are not to be installed
inverted but where this is unachievable and subject to the agreement of the engineer, allow for supporting the cables through stainless
steel cable ties.
Adhere to the installation standards set down in Section Y of this specification for the installation of the wiring system.
Earth all fire alarm system cabling in accordance with the requirements of BS 7671 and Section Y of the specification.
Install the wiring system concealed/flush other than in plant areas. The installer is responsible for the final positioning and installation
co-ordination of all system cabling and components together with the marking out of all associated builders works.
Install all cables in a manner such that they are physically continuous throughout the length of each circuit other than where connection is
made at the terminations of a system component. No other cable connections or joints are to be used.
Provide the final connections to all the system components via suitable conduit boxes fixed flush with the underside of the ceiling or, flush
in the walls, except in plant areas where the installation shall be surface.
Provide all necessary cabling from the main fire alarm panels to the appropriate MCCs, lift control panels, etc. and liaise fully with the
installers of those systems to effect satisfactory connections and operation.
These services may either be wired directly from the fire alarm panels, or may utilise the appropriate detector/alarm circuit loops, via
suitable interface units, if required. Cabling shall be sized appropriate to the switching systems operation requirements.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.1 Miscellaneous
In the event of a fire activation, the fire control panel should immediately initiate the evacuation sequence.
Ensure the fire alarm system contains a sufficient number of volt free contacts suitable for monitoring by other systems. Arrange for the
other systems to initiate the appropriate action in the event of fire or fault signals being initiated, as indicated by the cause and effect
schedule.
Ensure the volt free contacts are capable of switching the current and voltage of the auxiliary systems input.
Wire these services directly from the fire alarm panel, using cabling sized appropriately to the switching system operation requirements,
and liaise fully with the specialist installers of those systems to effect satisfactory connections and operations.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.1 Miscellaneous
5100 General
Carry out, on completion of the installation works, together with the selected specialist equipment manufacturers, the complete testing,
commissioning and demonstration of the system operation as detailed below.
Make available suitable operatives, familiar with the fire detection system, as may be required to assist the manufacturer throughout
the commissioning period.
Ensure that CAD record drawings of fire alarm systems are completed and available on site to manufacturers prior to commissioning
commencement.
Provide all specialist equipment to test and demonstrate automatic operation of all items linked to the fire detection system.
Prepare a schedule of tests to be applied to the system to demonstrate that the fault diagnostic routines function as required. The tests to
be largely composed of simulated faults that are artificially imposed on the system. All visual units, alphanumeric displays, and printers to be
checked to establish that all programmed messages are displayed correctly.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.1 Miscellaneous
Ensure that during routine fire alarm system test, certain functions are inhibited i.e. gas supply shut-off valve, smoke damper operation
etc. Provide suitable key switch facilities.
Arrange for the manufacturer to carry out the audibility tests twice. Carry out the first test on completion of the system when all
mechanical plant is fully functioning to ensure that realistic results are obtained. Carry out the second test approximately six months later
when the building is operating under normal conditions. Carry out both tests in the presence of the CA.
Include within the tender cost for the provision of any additional sounder and wiring required following audibility and intelligibility testing.
5400 Procedure
1. Carry out the full tests listed above. Thereafter, fully demonstrate the complete operation of the system to the satisfaction
of the client and fire officer.
2. Arrange presence on site of all specialist equipment (including smoke generation equipment) suitably calibrated, necessary
to simulate tests on fire alarm equipment and systems connected to same.
3. Ensure all test equipment instructions and instruments are available during installation and testing.
5500 Documentation
1. Provide the required fire alarm system test certificate(s), to be issued by the specialist manufacturer, in the forms, as
detailed in BS 5839 and other relevant standards.
2. Record all audibility and intelligibility test results and present in tabulated form.
3. Issue copies of all documentation including the above to the engineer for comment prior to inclusion in final handover
documentation.
4. Provide maintenance/instruction manuals in the form of hard cover binder detailing the whole operation of the fire alarm
systems, recommended regular testing and maintenance in accordance with the requirements of the specification.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.1 Miscellaneous
Ensure spares quantities are 10% (ten per cent) with a minimum of 5 (five) of any one type and or rating.
Agree all spares requirements for each particular project with the engineer.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
7.2 Miscellaneous
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
EN54 Part 20
Product standard for Aspirating Systems.
Classification of systems:
BS6266 2002 Code of practice for fire protection for electronic equipment installations
Maximum Fire Zone there is no specifi ed limit but Maximum allowed transport time from last sampling
aim for to of BS5839 Fire Zone hole is 120 seconds. However, for EN54:20 Class A
Maximum area of coverage of one VESDA Sample applications, we would advise 60 seconds or less.
Hole = 25 sqm based on general room protection. Anything more than this will impact on EN54:20
However, floor voids can be less check BS6266. compliance.
- Grid Scheme 2.5 m from walls, 5 m between During design estimate at 1 m/s for transport time.
pipes and holes AHU return air grille or Pressure Relief Vents should
Maximum area coverage of VESDA detectors. be protected to ensure highsensitivity detection.
Linked to bullet 1 - Typical AHU is 1.5 x 0.8 m
- VLP/VLS = 1000 sqm - Typical AHU would have 6 sample holes
- VLC = 500 sqm - Ideally one AHU per VESDA pipe
- VLF-250 = 125 sqm - Maximum 4 x AHU per LaserPLUS
- VLF-500 = 250 sqm - Allow for pipe removal if access required
- VFT-15 = 15 individual sample points ideal through grille
for cabinets etc. Design for FIA COP Wire Burn Test as the
Maximum Pipe Lengths. Linked to bullet 1 performance test during hand over.
- VLP/VLS aim for 60 m max. - 1 m for most computer rooms
- VLC aim for 50 m max
- VLF-250 25 m or two branches of 15 m
each
- VLF-500 50 m or two branches of 30 m
each
- VFT-15 15 pipes of 50 m each. Pipes must
be the same.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
Part 1
The control unit will continuously monitor for blockages and/or
General disconnection of tubes on an individual sector basis. The unit will
enable the user to normalize flow readings to a nominal 100% for
The HSLASD system will consist of a central housing with 15 micro- each sector. The unit will have default and configurable high and
bore pipes that are routed to the protected area. The minimum mi- low flow thresholds and configurable delays for each threshold.
cro-bore pipe length allowed by the system will be 50 m (164 ft),
covering a maximum of 1500 m2 (16150 ft2). The system will
actively sample air from this area into the housing where a la- Part 2
ser-based smoke detector is located, with a sensitivity to detect
smoke with a density of 0.001%Obs/m (0.0003%Obs/ft). The opti- Product specific
cal chamber will be field serviceable without need for recalibration
or speciality equipment. The removable chamber will include a The housing will be constructed of a robust metal and plastic
two-stage particle filter. materials meeting all relevant flammability requirements. The unit
will have tamper proof screws preventing unauthorised access.
Alarm states will be shown on the display panel and an audible
warning will be given. The unit will employ an in-line filter to remove dust particles from
the air sample and shall enable simple on-site filter replacement
The unit will be approved by VdS with EN54-20 compliance, without use of any speciality tools. The HSLASD will allow closed
approved by FM and listed by UL. loop sampling whereby the exhausted air will be completely
returned to the sampled area.
The unit will be placed at a convenient height for ease of use.
The unit will provide a programming facility through a display or PC
Principal of operation based software that may also be used for monitoring and
configuration procedures. The unit will provide an RS232 port to
The system will use a high performance vacuum pump with a download all the data that is logged within the unit. It will be
minimum pressure of 0.7 bar to sample air through micro-bore possible to view and retrieve all detector and user events or trends
flexible tubes at near-ambient pressure. The smoke detector will collected over a period of time and stored in the event log. The
be of an integrating mass particle detection nephelometer type event log will store at least 4000 events. When equipped with a
using a laser as the light source. TCP/IP module, the event log will store at least 20000 events.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
The VLC smoke detector shall be installed to comply with one or Product data and site drawings shall be submitted and shall include
more of the following codes or standards: pipe layout, operational calculations (ASPIRE2) and performance
criteria.
AS 1670.1-2004, AS1603.8 1996, ASNZS 3000
Fire Industry Association (FIA), Code of Practice for A copy of the manufacturers installation, operation and
Design, Installation, Commissioning & Maintenance maintenance manuals shall be supplied upon completion of the
of Aspirating Smoke Detector (ASD) Systems installation.
NFPA Standards, US
System commissioning data shall be supplied (in a format
NEC Standards, US
recommended by the manufacturer and per the instructions
NZS 4512 : 2003 provided by the manufacturer) within 30 days of completion of the
installation.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
1. Manufacturer
The manufacturer shall have a minimum of 15 years production experience in the manufacture and design of high
sensitivity air sampling smoke detection systems.
The manufacturer shall be certified as meeting ISO 9001:2008 for manufacturing.
2. Technology
Both Light Scattering and Particle Counting shall be utilized in this device as follows:
The Laser Detection Chamber shall be of the mass Light Scattering type and capable of detecting a wide range of smoke
particle types of varying size. A particle counting method shall be employed for the purposes of:
preventing large particles from affecting the true smoke reading.
monitoring contamination of the filter (dust & dirt etc.) to automatically notify when maintenance is required.
Note: The particle counting circuitry shall not be used for the purpose of smoke density measurement.
The Laser Detection Chamber shall incorporate a separate secondary clean air feed from the filter; providing clean air barriers across criti-
cal detector optics to eliminate internal detector contamination.
The detector shall not use adaptive algorithms to adjust the sensitivity from that set during commissioning. A learning tool shall be pro-
vided to ensure the best selection of appropriate alarm thresholds during the commissioning process.
3. Equipment supplier
The equipment supplier shall be authorized and trained by the manufacturer to calculate/design, install, test and maintain
the air sampling system and shall be able to produce a certificate stating such on request.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
Cooper Lighting & Safety The VESDA VLC ASD system is available in the following
Wheatley Hall Road configurations:
Doncaster
DN2 4NB Part Number Description
UK VLC-500 Detector with relay interfacing (RO)
Telephone: +1302 303999 VLC-505 Detector with relay interfacing and VESDAnet
Fax: +1302 303332 capability (VN)
Detector assembly
1. The detector, filter, aspirator and relay outputs shall be housed in a mounting box and shall be arranged in such a way
that air is drawn from the fire risk area and a sample passed through the dual stage filter and detector by the aspirator.
2. The detector shall be LASER-based type and shall have an obscuration sensitivity range of 0.005-20% obs/m (0.0015
6% obs/ft).
3. The detector shall have up to three independent field programmable smoke alarm thresholds across its sensitivity
range with adjustable time delays for each threshold between 0-60 seconds.
4. The detector shall also incorporate the facility to transmit a fault either via VESDAnet or relay.
5. The detector shall have a single pipe inlet which must contain a flow sensor. Both minor and urgent flow faults for both
high and low shall be reported.
6. The filter must be a two-stage disposable filter cartridge. The first stage shall be capable of filtering particles in excess
of 20 microns from the air sample. The second stage shall be ultra-fine, removing more than 99% of contaminant
particles of 0.3microns or larger, to provide a clean air barrier around the detectors optics to prevent contamination
and increase service life.
7. The aspirator shall be a purpose-designed rotary vane air pump. It shall be capable of allowing for multiple sampling pipe
runs up to 80m (260 ft) in total with a transport time per applicable local codes.
8. The Assembly must contain relays for alarm and fault conditions. The relays shall be software programmable (latching or
non-latching). The relays must be rated at 2 AMP at 30 VDC. Remote relays shall be offered as an option and either
configured to replicate those on the detector or programmed differently.
9. The assembly shall have built-in event and smoke logging. It shall store smoke levels, alarm conditions, operator actions and
faults. The date and time of each even shall be recorded. Each detector (zone) shall be capable of storing up to 12,000 events.
Displays
1. The detector will be provided with LED indicators only.
2. Each detector shall provide the following features at a minimum:
Independent high intensity alarm indicators for pre-alarm and fire (alert indicated by the pre-alarm LED flashing)
corresponding to the alarm thresholds of the detector.
Fault indicator.
OK indicator.
Isolate indicator.
A single button supporting the following features:
a. Reset (a single push of the button) unlatches all latched alarm conditions on the assigned VLC zone.
b. Isolate (push and hold) Isolates the individual VLC zone (inhibits Alarm relay and initiates the Fault relay to
indicate the disabled state).
A remotely mounted display may be optionally equipped with 7 configurable relays for signalling alarm and fault
conditions.
The remote display shall be able to identify faults originating in the particular VLC zone (Zone Fault), those produced by the overall smoke
detection system or from those resulting from network wiring errors (Network Fault). LED indicators shall be provided for each fault category.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
Programmers
1. When required, a programmer module may be in a remote mounting box, a 19 inch remote rack, or in a portable hand-held
unit (VN version). Alternatively, programming may be performed using a Windows application running on a PC connected
through a High Level Interfacing unit (PC-Link HLI) for VN.
2. Each programmer shall support the following features at a minimum:
Programming of any device on the VESDAnet Programmable energized or de-energized relays.
system. Programmable high and low flow settings for airflow
Viewing of the status of any device in the supervision.
system. Programmable aspirator speed control.
Adjustment of the alarm thresholds of a Programmable maintenance intervals.
nominated detector.
Facilities for referencing with time dilution compensation.
Initiation of AutoLearn, to automatically
configure the detectors alarm threshold Testing of relays assigned to a specific zone to aid
settings to suit the current environment. commissioning.
Application
Detection alarm levels
The laser based ASD system shall have four (4) independently programmable alarm thresholds.
Note: The alarm level functions as listed are possible scenarios. Consideration should be given to the best utilization of these facilities for each application
and the requirements of local authorities (e.g. Authorities Having Jurisdiction in the US).
Note: When used within the EU, alarm thresholds shall be configured to achieve the required sensitivity class (A, B or C).
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
The contractor shall install the system in accordance with the manufacturers system design manual.
1. Where false ceilings are installed, the sampling pipe shall be installed above the ceiling, and capillary sampling points shall
be installed on the ceiling and connected by means of a capillary tube.
2. The typical internal diameter of the capillary tube shall be 5mm or 3/8, the maximum length of the capillary tube shall be
8m (26ft) unless the manufacturer in consultation with the engineer have specified otherwise.
3. The capillary tube shall terminate at a ceiling sampling point specifically designed and approved by the manufacturer. The
performance characteristics of the sampling points shall be taken into account during the system design.
Wherever possible the transport time (i.e. the time taken by smoke 1. Visually check all pipes to ensure that all joints,
sampled to reach the detector) for the least favourable sampling fittings, bends, sampling points, etc., comply with
point shall be less than 60 seconds for open hole sampling and the specification.
less than 90 seconds for capillary tubes. Longer transport times
may be tolerated where long pipe runs are required and where 2. Check the system to ensure the following features
local codes and standards permit. are operational and programmed in accordance
with the specification:
Local codes and standards may also apply. For example: Alarm threshold levels (for both day and night
settings),
AS1670, Part 1 Australia 90 Seconds Pipes in use,
FIA Code of Practice UK 120 Seconds Detector address,
NFPA 72 The Americas 120 Seconds Display address,
NFPA 76 The Americas 60 Second Clock and date,
Time delays,
When used within the EU the maximum transport times shall
be in accordance with the limits approved under EN54-20 i.e. Air flow fault thresholds,
VLP = 60 seconds for Class A, 90 seconds for Class B and 120 Display buttons operable (mode, silence,
seconds for Class C. reset, isolate),
Referencing
Balance %
Units set to U.S./S.I. (for US only) or metric for
The sample point balance for the pipe shall not be less than other regions
70% as indicated by ASPIRE2. That is, the volume of air drawn 3. Check to ensure that all ancillary warning devices
from the last sampling point shall not be less than 70% of the operate as specified.
average volume of air through the other holes.
4. Check interconnection with fire alarm control
Commissioning tests panel to ensure correct operation.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
Scope
This document provides specification details of the VESDA VLF-250 air sampling smoke detection (ASD) products to assist in their
installation and commissioning.
System information
General
A very early warning smoke detection system similar to the VESDA VLF-250 System shall be installed throughout the areas nominated on
the drawings.
The system consists of highly sensitive laser based smoke detector using aspirated air sampling and is connected to sampling pipes. It
shall be provided with a single sample pipe inlet, internal flow monitoring, smoke detection and a facility for exhaust pipe connection.
Reset, disable, test and fault determination functions will be available via the field service access door. System configuration will be
provided through autoLearn smoke and flow functions, also available via the field service access door.
The system shall support pre-engineered sampling pipe network designs with verified calculations in addition to custom sampling pipe
network designs using a computer based design modeling tool. Sampling pipe material shall be UL 1887 approved for use in air sampling
smoke detection systems.
Approvals
The very early warning smoke detection system must be of a type submitted to, tested, approved, and/or listed by a nationally recognized
testing laboratory (NRTL) as follows:
UL (Underwriters Laboratories Inc), USA
ULC (Underwriters Laboratories Canada), Canada
FM (Factory Mutual), USA
CSFM (California State Fire Marshall), USA
LPCB (Loss Prevention Certification Board), UK
ActivFire, Australia
VdS (Verband der Sachversicherer e. V.), Germany
AFNOR, France
VNIIPO, Russia
CFE, China
KFI, Korea
When used within the EU, the system shall be formally approved by a notified body (such as VdS or LPCB) to EN54-20 Class A, B and C
and shall carry appropriate CE marking to confirm this approval.
The VLS smoke detector shall be installed to comply with one or more of the following codes or standards:
AS 1670.1-2004, AS1603.8 1996, ASNZS 3000
Fire industry association (FIA), code of practice for design, installation,
Commissioning & maintenance of aspirating smoke detector (ASD) systems
NFPA standards, US
NEC standards, US
NZS 4512 : 2003
Local codes and standards
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
Detector assembly
1. The detector, filter, aspirator and relay outputs shall be housed in a mounting box and shall be arranged in such a
way that air is drawn from the fire risk area and a sample passed through the dual stage filter and detector by the
Aspirator.
2. The detector shall be LASER-based type and shall have an obscuration sensitivity range of 0.025-20% obs/m (0.008
6.25% obs/ft).
3. The detector shall have four independent field programmable smoke alarm thresholds across its sensitivity range with
adjustable time delays for each threshold between 0-60 seconds.
4. The detector shall also incorporate the facility to transmit a fault either via a relay or via a VESDAnet card as an option.
5. The detector shall have a single pipe inlet that must contain an ultrasonic flow sensor. High flow fault (urgent and non-
urgent) and low flow fault (urgent and non-urgent) can be reported.
6. The filter must be a two-stage disposable filter cartridge. The first stage shall be capable of filtering particles in excess
of 20 microns from the air sample. The second stage shall be ultra-fine, removing more than 99% of contaminant
particles of 0.3 microns or larger, to provide a clean air barrier around the detectors optics to prevent contamination
and increase service life.
7. The aspirator shall be a purpose-designed aspirator assembly.
8. VESDA VLF-250 when using pre-engineered sampling pipe networks shall be capable of supporting a single pipe run
of 25m (80ft), or two pipe runs of 15m (50ft), with a transport time per applicable local codes. Custom sampling pipe
network designs shall be supported using ASPIRE2 calculation software.
9. The assembly must contain relays for basic alarm and fault conditions. The relays shall be software programmable
(latching or non-latching). The relays must be rated at 2 A at 30 VDC. Remote relays shall be offered as an option with
a VESDAnet interface card and either configured to replicate those on the detector or programmed differently.
10. The assembly shall have built-in event and smoke logging. It shall have separate event log storage for smoke levels,
alarm conditions, operator actions and faults. The date and time of each event shall be recorded. Each detector (zone)
shall be capable of storing up to 18,000 events.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
Displays
1. The devices in the smoke detection system shall be capable of communicating with each other via twisted pair RS485
cable with the addition of a VESDAnet Interface card (VIC-010). The network shall be able to support up to 200 devices
(detectors, displays and programmers), of which 100 detectors can be supported.
2. Backward compatibility with VESDA Laser Product via VESDAnet card.
3. The unit shall be capable of being configured in a fault tolerant loop for both short circuit and open circuit.
4. PC based configuration tools shall be available to configure and manage the network of detectors.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
The standard laser based air sampling detection system is supplied with two alarm relay outputs (Alert and Fire 1). For four-relay alarm lev-
els use the optional relay interface card (VIC-020 or VIC-030).
The additional alarm outputs, with the optional relay interface card may be used as follows:
Note: The alarm level functions as listed are possible scenarios. Consideration should be given to the best utilization of these facilities for each application and
the requirements of local authorities (e.g. Authorities Having Jurisdiction in the US).
Note: When used within the EU, alarm thresholds shall be configured to achieve the required sensitivity class (A, B or C).
Initial settings for the alarm levels shall be determined by the requirements of the fire zone. Default settings of the unit shall be:
Alarm level 1 (Alert) 0.08% obs/m (0.025% obs/ft)
Alarm level 2 (Action) 0.14% obs/m (0.0448% obs/ft)
Alarm level 3 (Fire 1) 0.20% obs/m (0.0625% obs/ft)
Alarm level 4 (Fire 2) 2.0% obs/m (0.625% obs/ft)
Initial (factory default) settings for the alarm delay threshold shall be:
Alarm level 1 (Alert) 10 seconds
Alarm level 2 (Action) 10 seconds
Alarm level 3 (Fire 1) 10 seconds
Alarm level 4 (Fire 2) 10 seconds
Fault alarm 5 seconds
Fault alarms
The detector fault relay shall be connected to the appropriate alarm zone on the fire alarm control panel (FACP) in such a way that a
detector fault would register a fault condition on the FACP. The fault relay shall also be connected to the appropriate control system.
(Check local codes, standards or regulations to determine whether compliance with this set up is required).
The system shall be powered from a regulated supply of nominally 24V DC. The battery charger and battery shall comply with the relevant
Codes, standards or regulations. Typically 24 hours standby battery backup is required followed by 30 minutes in an alarm condition.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
1. The sampling pipe shall be smooth bore. Normally, pipe with an outside diameter (OD) of 25mm or 1.05 and internal
diameter (ID) of 21mm or should be used.
2. The pipe material should be suitable for the environment in which it is installed, or should be the material as required by
the specifying body (e.g. in the US, VESDA pipe material shall be UL 1887 Plenum rated CPVC).
3. All joints in the sampling pipe must be air tight and made by using solvent cement, except at entry to the detector.
4. The pipe shall be identified as air sampling/aspirating smoke detector pipe (or similar wording) along its entire length at
regular intervals not exceeding the manufacturers recommendation or that of local codes and standards.
5. All pipes should be supported at not less than 1.5m (5ft) centers, or that of the local codes or standards.
6. The far end of each trunk or branch pipe shall be fitted with an end-cap and made air-tight by using solvent cement. Use of
an end-cap will be dependent on ASPIRE2 calculations.
Sampling holes
1. Sampling holes shall not be separated by more than the maximum distance allowed for conventional point detectors as
specified in the local codes and standards. Intervals may vary according to calculations. For AS1670.1 -2004 the maximum
allowable distance is 10.2m. For FIA the maximum allowable distance is 10.6m. For NFPA the maximum allowable distance is 30ft.
2. Each sampling point port shall be identified in accordance with codes or standards.
3. Consideration shall be given to the manufacturers recommendations and standards in relation to the number of sampling
points and the distance of the sampling points from the ceiling or roof structure and forced ventilation systems.
4. Sample port size shall be as specified by ASPIRE2 calculations.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
Wherever possible the transport time (i.e. the time taken by smoke sampled to reach the detector) for the least favourable sampling point
shall be less than 60 seconds for open hole sampling and less than 90 seconds for capillary tubes.
Longer transport times may be tolerated where long pipe runs are required and where local codes and standards permit.
Local codes and standards may also apply. For example:
AS1670, Part 1 Australia 90 Seconds
FIA Code of Practice UK 120 Seconds
NFPA 72 The Americas 120 Seconds
NFPA 76 The Americas 60 Seconds
When used within the EU the maximum transport times shall be in accordance with the limits approved under EN54-20 i.e. VLF-250 = 60
seconds for Class A, 60 seconds for Class B and 60 seconds for Class C.
Balance %
The sample point balance for the pipe shall not be less than 70% as indicated by ASPIRE2. That is, the volume of air drawn from the last
sampling point shall not be less than 70% of the average volume of air through the other holes.
Commissioning tests
1. The contractor shall allow for the manufacturers representative to attend commissioning of the entire installation in the
presence of the owner and/or its representative.
2. All necessary instrumentation, equipment, materials and labor shall be provided by the contractor.
3. The contractor shall record all tests and system calibrations and a copy of these results shall be retained on site in the
system log book.
System checks
1. Visually check all pipes to ensure that all joints, fittings, bends, sampling points, etc., comply with the specification.
2. Check the system to ensure the following features are operational and programmed in accordance with the specification.
Alarm threshold levels (for both day and night settings),
Detector address
Time and date,
Time delays,
Air flow fault thresholds,
External buttons operable (reset / disable / test / instant fault finder, autolearn smoke and autolearn flow),
Referencing (if VESDAnet card is used),
Units set to U.S./S.I. (for US only) or metric for other regions
3. Check to ensure that all ancillary warning devices operate as specified.
4. Check interconnection with fire alarm control panel to ensure correct operation.
Tests
1. Introduce smoke into the detector assembly to provide a basic Go / No-Go functional test.
2. Verify that transport time from farthest sampling port does not exceed the local code requirements.
3. Activate the appropriate fire alarm zones and advise all concerned that the system is fully operational. Fill out the logbook
and commissioning report accordingly.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
Scope
This document provides specification details of the VESDA VLF-500 Air Sampling Smoke Detection (ASD) products to assist in their
installation and commissioning.
System information
General
A very early warning smoke detection system similar to the VESDA VLF-500 System shall be installed throughout the areas nominated on
the drawings.
The system consists of highly sensitive laser based smoke detector using aspirated air sampling and is connected to sampling pipes. It
shall be provided with a single sample pipe inlet, internal flow monitoring, smoke detection and a facility for exhaust pipe connection.
Reset, disable, test and fault determination functions will be available via the field service access door. System configuration will be
provided through auto learn smoke and flow functions, also available via the field service access door.
The system shall support pre-engineered sampling pipe network designs with verified calculations in addition to custom sampling pipe
network designs using a computer based design modeling tool. Sampling pipe material shall be UL 1887 approved for use in air sampling
smoke detection systems.
Approvals
The very early warning smoke detection system must be of a type submitted to, tested, approved, and/or listed by a nationally
recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as follows:
When used within the EU, the system shall be formally approved by a notified body (such as VdS or LPCB) to EN54-20 Class A, B and C
and shall carry appropriate CE marking to confirm this approval.
The VLF-500 smoke detector shall be installed to comply with one or more of the following codes or standards:
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
1. The detector shall consist of a highly sensitive laser based smoke detector, an aspirator, and a dual-stage filter cartridge.
2. The detector shall have control switches for reset, disable, test and restricted access switches for alarm setup and flow setup.
3. The detector shall have individual illuminated indicators for:
Four alarm levels (alert, action, fire1 & fire 2).
Fault, power & disabled.
Alarm setup and flow setup.
4. The detector shall have a front-panel, 10 segment, illuminated, yellow colored circular smoke dial for the purpose of
indicating current smoke level and detector status.
5. The detector shall have individual relay outputs for fault, action and fire 1.
6. The detector shall have an RS232-compatible serial control port for the purpose of configuration, control, status
monitoring, event log extraction and upgrade.
7. The detector shall provide for the addition of one interface card.
8. The detector shall provide a general-purpose input to allow either: reset, disable, reset & disable, standby, external and
night time thresholds.
9. The detector may also be configured by a PC and allow programming of four smoke threshold alarm levels, time delays,
faults including airflow, detector, power and filter as well as an indication of the urgency of the fault and three relay
outputs for remote indication of alarm and fault.
10. The detector shall consist of an air sampling pipe network to transport air to the detection system and support pre
engineered designs. Complex designs are supported by calculations from a computer-based design-modeling tool.
11. The detector shall incorporate an ultrasonic flow sensor in the pipe inlet port for airflow monitoring purposes.
Performance requirements
The detector shall be NRTL listed and approved to cover up to 500m2 (5,000 sq.ft).
The detector shall be approved to provide very early warning smoke detection and provide up to four output levels
corresponding to Alert, Action, Fire 1 and Fire 2. These levels shall be programmable and able to be set at sensitivities
ranging from 0.025-20% obs/m (0.0086.25% obs/ft).
The detector shall provide fault indication on the unit using the Instant fault finder function.
The detector shall be self monitoring for filter contamination.
The detector shall provide staged airflow faults via the use of an ultrasonic flow sensor in the pipe inlet port.
Submittals
Product data and site drawings shall be submitted and shall include pipe layout, operational calculations (refer to the product guide for
simple pre-engineered designs, or use ASPIRE2) and performance criteria.
A copy of the manufacturers installation, operation and maintenance manuals shall be supplied upon completion of the installation.
System commissioning data shall be supplied (in a format recommended by the manufacturer and per the instructions provided by the
manufacturer) within 30 days of completion of the installation.
Quality assurance
1. Manufacturer The laser detection chamber shall incorporate a separate secondary
The manufacturer shall have a minimum of 15 years production clean air feed from the filter; providing clean air barriers across
experience in the manufacturer and design of high sensitivity air critical detector optics to eliminate internal detector contamination.
sampling smoke detection systems. The detector shall not use adaptive algorithms to adjust the
The manufacturer shall be certified as meeting ISO 9001:2008 for sensitivity from that set during commissioning. A learning tool
manufacturing. shall be provided to ensure the best selection of appropriate alarm
thresholds during the commissioning process.
2. Technology
The laser detection chamber shall be of the mass light scattering 3. Equipment supplier
type and capable of detecting a wide range of smoke particle types The equipment supplier shall be authorized and trained by the man-
of varying size. ufacturer to calculate/design, install, test and maintain the air sam-
A smoke-hours method shall be used for the purpose of monitoring pling system and shall be able to produce a certificate stating such
contamination of the filter (dust & dirt etc.) to automatically notify on request.
when maintenance is required.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
Detector assembly
1. The detector, filter, aspirator and relay outputs shall be housed in a mounting box and shall be arranged in such a way
that air is drawn from the fire risk area and a sample passed through the dual stage filter and detector by the aspirator.
2. The detector shall be LASER-based type and shall have an obscuration sensitivity range of 0.025-20% obs/m (0.0086.25%
obs/ft).
3. The detector shall have four independent field programmable smoke alarm thresholds across its sensitivity range with
adjustable time delays for each threshold between 0-60 seconds.
4. The detector shall also incorporate the facility to transmit a fault either via a relay or via a VESDAnet card as an option.
5. The detector shall have a single pipe inlet that must contain an ultrasonic flow sensor. High flow fault (urgent and
non-urgent) and low flow fault (urgent and non-urgent) can be reported.
6. The filter must be a two-stage disposable filter cartridge. The first stage shall be capable of filtering particles in excess of
20 microns from the air sample. The second stage shall be ultra-fine, removing more than 99% of contaminant particles of
0.3 microns or larger, to provide a clean air barrier around the detectors optics to prevent contamination and increase
service life.
7. The aspirator shall be a purpose-designed aspirator assembly.
8. VESDA VLF-500 when using pre-engineered sampling pipe networks shall be capable of supporting a single pipe run of
50m (150ft), or two pipe runs of 30m (90ft), with a transport time per applicable local codes. Custom sampling pipe
network designs shall be supported using ASPIRE2 calculation software.
9. The assembly must contain relays for basic alarm and fault conditions. The relays shall be software programmable
(latching or non-latching). The relays must be rated at 2A at 30 VDC. Remote relays shall be offered as an option with a
VESDAnet Interface card and either configured to replicate those on the detector or programmed differently.
10. The assembly shall have built-in event and smoke logging. It shall have separate event log storage for smoke levels, alarm
conditions, operator actions and faults. The date and time of each event shall be recorded. Each detector (zone) shall be
capable of storing up to 18,000 events.g errors (network fault). LED indicators shall be provided for each fault category.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
Displays
1. The detector will be provided with LED indicators.
2. Each detector shall provide the following features at a minimum:
Alert, action, fire 1 and fire 2 corresponding to the alarm thresholds of the detector.
Circular smoke dial display to represent the level of smoke present in protected area.
Fault indicator.
Power indicator.
Disabled indicator.
Buttons supporting the following features shall be accessible to authorized personnel:
a. Reset (press and release) un-latches all latched alarm and faults.
b. Disable (press and release) disables the fire relay outputs from actuating and indicates a fault.
c. Test (press and release) simulates a Fire 1 condition.
1. The devices in the smoke detection system shall be capable of communicating with each other via twisted pair RS485
cable with the addition of a VESDAnet Interface card (VIC-010). The network shall be able to support up to 200 devices
(detectors, displays and programmers), of which 100 detectors can be supported.
2. Backward compatibility with VESDA laser product via VESDAnet card.
3. The unit shall be capable of being configured in a fault tolerant loop for both short circuit and open circuit.
4. PC based configuration tools shall be available to configure and manage the network of detectors.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
The standard laser based air sampling detection system is supplied with two alarm relay outputs (Alert and Fire 1). For four-relay alarm
levels use the optional relay interface card (VIC-020 or VIC-030). The standard alarm outputs may be used as follows:
The additional alarm outputs, with the optional relay interface card may be used as follows:
Note: The alarm level functions as listed are possible scenarios. Consideration should be given to the best utilization of these facilities for each application and
the requirements of local authorities (e.g. Authorities Having Jurisdiction in the US).
Note: When used within the EU, alarm thresholds shall be configured to achieve the required sensitivity class (A, B or C).
Initial settings for the alarm levels shall be determined by the requirements of the fire zone. Default settings of the unit shall be:
Alarm level 1 (Alert) 0.08% obs/m (0.025% obs/ft)
Alarm level 2 (Action) 0.14% obs/m (0.0448% obs/ft)
Alarm level 3 (Fire 1) 0.20% obs/m (0.0625% obs/ft)
Alarm level 4 (Fire 2) 2.0% obs/m (0.625% obs/ft)
Initial (factory default) settings for the alarm delay threshold shall be:
Alarm level 1 (Alert) 10 seconds
Alarm level 2 (Action) 10 seconds
Alarm level 3 (Fire 1) 10 seconds
Alarm level 4 (Fire 2) 10 seconds
Fault alarm 5 seconds
Fault alarms
The detector fault relay shall be connected to the appropriate alarm zone on the fire alarm control panel (FACP) in such a way that a
detector fault would register a fault condition on the FACP. The fault relay shall also be connected to the appropriate control system.
(check local codes, standards or regulations to determine whether compliance with this set up is required).
The system shall be powered from a regulated supply of nominally 24V DC. The battery charger and battery shall comply with the relevant
codes, standards or regulations. Typically 24 hours standby battery backup is required followed by 30 minutes in an alarm condition.
Local power supply standards that may apply:
UL 1481 Listed -provided the power supply and standby batteries have been appropriately sized/rated to accommodate the
systems power requirements.
US telecommunication central office power supply- the system shall operate on negative 48 VDC (provided continuously
from the telephone central office power source) converted to 24VDC.
EN 54-4 approved power supply for use in Europe.
In accordance with AS 1670.1-2004 and NZS4512: 2003
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
1. The sampling pipe shall be smooth bore. Normally, pipe with an outside diameter (OD) of 25mm or 1.05 and internal
diameter (ID) of 21mm or should be used.
2. The pipe material should be suitable for the environment in which it is installed, or should be the material as required by
the specifying body (e.g. in the US, VESDA pipe material shall be UL 1887 Plenum rated CPVC).
3. All joints in the sampling pipe must be air tight and made by using solvent cement, except at entry to the detector.
4. The pipe shall be identified as Air Sampling/Aspirating Smoke Detector Pipe (or similar wording) along its entire length at
regular intervals not exceeding the manufacturers recommendation or that of local codes and standards.
5. All pipes should be supported at not less than 1.5m (5ft) centers, or that of the local codes or standards.
6. The far end of each trunk or branch pipe shall be fitted with an end-cap and made air-tight by using solvent cement. Use of
an end-cap will be dependent on ASPIRE2 calculations.
Sampling holes
1. Sampling holes shall not be separated by more than the maximum distance allowed for conventional point detectors as
specified in the local codes and standards. Intervals may vary according to calculations. For AS1670.1 -2004 the maximum
allowable distance is 10.2m. For FIA the maximum allowable distance is 10.6m. For NFPA the maximum allowable distance is 30ft.
2. Each sampling point port shall be identified in accordance with codes or standards.
3. Consideration shall be given to the manufacturers recommendations and standards in relation to the number of
sampling points and the distance of the sampling points from the ceiling or roof structure and forced ventilation systems.
4. Sample port size shall be as specified by ASPIRE2 calculations.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
Wherever possible the transport time (i.e. the time taken by smoke sampled to reach the detector) for the least favourable sampling point
shall be less than 60 seconds for open hole sampling and less than 90 seconds for capillary tubes.
Longer transport times may be tolerated where long pipe runs are required and where local codes and standards permit.
When used within the EU the maximum transport times shall be in accordance with the limits approved under EN54-20 i.e. VLF-250 = 60
seconds for Class A, 60 seconds for Class B and 60 seconds for Class C.
Balance %
The sample point balance for the pipe shall not be less than 70% as indicated by ASPIRE2. That is, the volume of air drawn from the last
sampling point shall not be less than 70% of the average volume of air through the other holes.
Commissioning tests
1. The contractor shall allow for the manufacturers representative to attend commissioning of the entire installation in the
presence of the owner and/or its representative.
2. All necessary instrumentation, equipment, materials and labor shall be provided by the contractor.
3. The contractor shall record all tests and system calibrations and a copy of these results shall be retained on site in the
system log book.
System checks
1. Visually check all pipes to ensure that all joints, fittings, bends, sampling points, etc., comply with the specification.
2. Check the system to ensure the following features are operational and programmed in accordance with the specification.
Alarm threshold levels (for both day and night settings),
Detector address,
Time and date,
Time delays,
Air flow fault thresholds,
External buttons operable (Reset / Disable / Test / Instant Fault Finder, Autolearn Smoke and Autolearn Flow),
Referencing (if VESDAnet card is used),
Units set to U.S./S.I. (for US only) or metric for other regions
3. Check to ensure that all ancillary warning devices operate as specified.
4. Check interconnection with fire alarm control panel to ensure correct operation.
Tests
1. Introduce smoke into the detector assembly to provide a basic Go/No-Go functional test.
2. Verify that transport time from farthest sampling port does not exceed the local code requirements.
3. Activate the appropriate fire alarm zones and advise all concerned that the system is fully operational. Fill out the logbook
and commissioning report accordingly.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
Scope
This document provides specification details of the VESDA VLP Air Sampling Smoke Detection (ASD) products to assist in their installation
and commissioning.
System information
General
A very early warning smoke detection system similar to the VESDA VLP System shall be installed throughout the areas nominated on the
drawings.
The system shall consist of highly sensitive LASER-based Smoke Detectors with aspirators connected to networks of sampling pipes.
When required, an optional display unit shall be provided to monitor eachdetector, and a programmer shall be supplied to configure the
system.
Approvals
The very early warning smoke detection system must be of a type submitted to, tested, approved, and/or listed by a nationally
recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as follows:
When used within the EU, the system shall be formally approved by a notified body (such as VdS or LPCB) to EN54-20 Class A, B and C
and shall carry appropriate CE marking to confirm this approval.
The VLP smoke detector shall be installed to comply with one or more of the following codes or standards:
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
System description
Design requirements
1. Shall consist of a highly sensitive LASER-based smoke detector, aspirator, and filter.
2. It shall be modular, with each detector optionally monitored by a display featuring LEDs and a sounder. The system shall be
configured by a programmer that is either integral to the system, portable or PC based.
The system shall allow programming of:
four smoke threshold alarm levels;
time delays;
faults including airflow, detector, power, filter and network as well as an indication of the urgency of the fault;
seven or more configurable relay outputs for remote indication of alarm and fault conditions.
3. It shall consist of an air sampling pipe network to transport air to the detection system, supported by calculations from a
computer-based design modelling tool.
4. Optional equipment may include intelligent remote displays and/or a high level interface with the building fire alarm system,
or a dedicated Xtralis VSM graphics package.
Performance requirements
Submittals
Product data and site drawings shall be submitted and shall include pipe layout, operational calculations (ASPIRE2) and performance criteria.
A copy of the manufacturers installation, operation and maintenance manuals shall be supplied upon completion of the installation.
System commissioning data shall be supplied (in a format recommended by the manufacturer and per the instructions provided by the
manufacturer) within 30 days of completion of the installation.
Quality assurance
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
Detector assembly
1. The detector, filter, aspirator and relay outputs shall be housed in a mounting box and shall be arranged in such a way
that air is drawn from the fire risk area and a sample passed through the dual stage filter and detector by the aspirator.
2. The detector shall be LASER-based type and shall have an obscuration sensitivity range of 0.005-20% obs/m (0.00156%
obs/ft).
3. The detector shall have four independent field programmable smoke alarm thresholds across its sensitivity range with
adjustable time delays for each threshold between 0-60 seconds.
4. The detector shall also incorporate facilities to transmit the following faults
Detector
Air flow
Filter
System
Zone
Network
Power
5. Urgent and minor faults. Minor faults shall be considered as servicing or maintenance signals. Urgent faults indicate the
unit may not be able to detect smoke.
6. The detector shall have four in-line sample pipe inlets and must contain a flow sensor for each pipe inlet. Both minor and
urgent flow faults can be reported.
7. The filter shall be a two-stage disposable filter cartridge. The first stage shall be capable of filtering particles in excess of
20 microns from the air sample. The second stage shall be ultrafine, removing more than 99% of contaminant particles of
0.3microns or larger, to provide a clean air barrier around the detectors optics to prevent contamination and increase
service life.
8. The aspirator shall be a purpose-designed rotary vane air pump. It shall be capable of allowing for multiple sampling pipe
runs up to 200m (650 ft) in total, (4 pipe runs per detector) with a transport time per applicable local codes.
9. The assembly must contain relays for alarm and fault conditions. The relays shall be software programmable to the
required functions. The relays must be rated at 2 AMP at 30 VDC. Remote relays shall be offered as an option and either
configured to replicate those on the detector or programmed differently.
10. The assembly shall be able to be surface mounted to a wall or recessed in the wall cavity (the unit may be inverted in either
option).
11. The assembly shall have built-in event and smoke logging. It shall store smoke levels, alarm conditions, operator actions
and faults. The date and time of each event shall be recorded. Each detector (zone) shall be capable of storing up to
18,000 events and does not require the presence of a display in order to do so.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
Displays
1. When required, a detector display module may be located within the detector, a remote mounting box or a 19 inch remote rack.
2. Each display shall provide the following features at a minimum:
A 20 segment bar graph display.
Four independent high intensity alarm indicators, alert, action, fire 1 and fire2, corresponding to the four alarm
thresholds of the detector.
Alarm threshold indicators for alert, action and fire 1.
Detector fault and airflow fault indicators.
Faults originating in the particular VLP zone (zone fault) shall be distinguished from those produced by the overall
smoke detection system and from those resulting from network wiring errors (network fault). LED indicators shall be
provided for each fault category.
Minor and urgent fault LED indicators.
A remotely mounted display may be optionally equipped with 7 or 12configurable relays for signalling alarm and fault
conditions.
Four buttons supporting the following features:
a. Mode/Test - Scrolls through the information on the displays digital display: Sensitivity (fire 1 threshold setting),
current smoke level and VLP zone number. When pressed and held initiates a lamp test on the individual display module.
b. Silence - Silences all devices on the system
c. Reset - Unlatches all latched alarm conditions on the assigned VLP zone.
d. Isolate - Isolates the individual VLP zone (inhibits alarm and fault relays and initiates Isolate relay).
Programmers
1. When required, a programmer module may be located within the detector, a remote mounting box, a 19 inch remote rack,
or in a portable hand-held unit. Alternatively, programming may be performed using a Windows application running on a
PC connected through a High Level Interfacing unit (PC-Link HLI).
2. Each programmer shall support the following features at a minimum:
Programming of any device on the VESDAnet system.
Viewing of the status of any device in the system.
Adjustment of the alarm thresholds of a nominated detector.
Setting of day/night, weekend and holiday sensitivity threshold settings.
Initiation of AutoLearn, to automatically configure the detectors alarm threshold settings to suit the current
environment.
Multi-level password control.
Programmable latching or non-latching relay operation.
Programmable energized or de-energized relays.
Programmable high and low flow settings for airflow supervision.
Programmable aspirator speed control.
Programmable maintenance intervals.
Facilities for referencing with time dilution compensation.
Testing of relays assigned to a specific zone to aid commissioning.
1. The devices in the smoke detection system shall be capable of communicating with each other via twisted pair RS485
cable. The network shall be able to support up to 200 devices (detectors, displays and programmers), of which 100
detectors can be supported.
2. The network shall be capable of being configured in a fault tolerant loop for both short circuit and open circuit. Any
communication faults shall be reported unambiguously and shall be clearly attributable to an individual device or wire link in
the fault messages.
3. PC based configuration tools shall be available to configure and manage the network of detectors.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
The laser based ASD system shall have four (4) independently programmable alarm thresholds. The four alarm levels may be used as
follows:
The additional alarm outputs, with the optional relay interface card may be used as follows:
Note: The alarm level functions as listed are possible scenarios. Consideration should be given to the best utilization of these facilities for each application and
the requirements of local authorities (e.g. Authorities Having Jurisdiction in the US).
Note: When used within the EU, alarm thresholds shall be configured to achieve the required sensitivity class (A, B or C).
Initial settings for the alarm levels shall be determined by the requirements of the fire zone. Default settings of the unit shall be:
Alarm Level 1 (Alert) 0.08% obs/m (0.025% obs/ft)
Alarm Level 2 (Action) 0.14% obs/m (0.0448% obs/ft)
Alarm Level 3 (Fire 1) 0.20% obs/m (0.0625% obs/ft)
Alarm Level 4 (Fire 2) 2.0% obs/m (0.625% obs/ft)
Initial (factory default) settings for the alarm delay threshold shall be:
Alarm Level 1 (Alert) 10 seconds
Alarm Level 2 (Action) 10 seconds
Alarm Level 3 (Fire 1) 10 seconds
Alarm Level 4 (Fire 2) 10 seconds
Fault Alarm 5 seconds
Fault alarms
The detector fault relay shall be connected to the appropriate alarm zone on the fire alarm control panel (FACP) in such a way that a
detector fault would register a fault condition on the FACP. The fault relay shall also be connected to the appropriate control system.
(check local codes, standards or regulations to determine whether compliance with this set up is required).
The system shall be powered from a regulated supply of nominally 24V DC. The battery charger and battery shall comply with the relevant
codes, standards or regulations. Typically 24 hours standby battery backup is required followed by 30 minutes in an alarm condition.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
Sampling holes
1. Sampling holes shall not be separated by more than the maximum distance allowed for conventional point detectors
as specified in the local codes and standards. Intervals may vary according to calculations. For AS1670.1 -2004 the
maximum allowable distance is 10.2m. For FIA the maximum allowable distance is 10.6m. For NFPA the maximum allowable
distance is 30ft.
2. Each sampling point port shall be identified in accordance with codes or standards.
3. Consideration shall be given to the manufacturers recommendations and standards in relation to the number of sampling
points and the distance of the sampling points from the ceiling or roof structure and forced ventilation systems.
4. Sample port size shall be as specified by ASPIRE2 calculations.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
Wherever possible the transport time (i.e. the time taken by smoke sampled to reach the detector) for the least favourable sampling point
shall be less than 60 seconds for open hole sampling and less than 90 seconds for capillary tubes.
Longer transport times may be tolerated where long pipe runs are required and where local codes and standards permit.
Balance %
The sample point balance for the pipe shall not be less than 70% as indicated by ASPIRE2. That is, the volume of air drawn from the last
sampling point shall not be less than 70% of the average volume of air through the other holes.
Commissioning tests
1. The contractor shall allow for the manufacturers representative to attend commissioning of the entire installation in the
presence of the owner and/or its representative.
2. All necessary instrumentation, equipment, materials and labor shall be provided by the Contractor.
3. The contractor shall record all tests and system calibrations and a copy of these results shall be retained on site in the
system log book.
System checks
1. Visually check all pipes to ensure that all joints, fittings, bends, sampling points, etc., comply with the specification.
2. Check the system to ensure the following features are operational and programmed in accordance with the specification.
Alarm threshold levels (for both day and night settings),
Detector address,
Time and date,
Time delays,
Air flow fault thresholds,
External buttons operable (reset / disable / test / instant fault finder, autolearn smoke and autolearn flow),
Referencing (if VESDAnet card is used),
Units set to U.S./S.I. (for US only) or metric for other regions
3. Check to ensure that all ancillary warning devices operate as specified.
4. Check interconnection with fire alarm control panel to ensure correct operation.
Tests
1. Introduce smoke into the detector assembly to provide a basic Go / No-Go functional test.
2. Verify that transport time from farthest sampling port does not exceed the local code requirements.
3. Activate the appropriate fire alarm zones and advise all concerned that the system is fully operational. Fill out the
logbook and commissioning report accordingly.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
Scope
This document provides specification details of the VESDA VLS Air sampling Smoke Detection (ASD) products to assist in their installation
and commissioning.
System information
General
A very early warning smoke detection system similar to the VESDA VLS System shall be installed throughout the areas nominated on the
drawings.
The system shall consist of highly sensitive LASER-based Smoke Detectors with spirators connected to networks of sampling pipes.
When required, an optional display unit shall be provided to monitor each detector, and a programmer shall be supplied to configure the
system.
Approvals
The very early warning smoke detection system must be of a type submitted to, tested, approved, and/or listed by a nationally recognized
testing laboratory (NRTL) as follows:
UL (Underwriters Laboratories Inc), USA
ULC (Underwriters Laboratories Canada), Canada
FM (Factory Mutual), USA
FM approved for Hazardous Locations, Class 1, Div.2, Groups A, B, C, D(3020906), USA
CSFM (California State Fire Marshall), USA
LPCB (Loss Prevention Certification Board), UK
ActivFire, Australia
VdS (Verband der Sachversicherer e. V.), Germany
AFNOR, France
VNIIPO, Russia
CFE, China
KFI, Korea
When used within the EU, the system shall be formally approved by a notified body (such as VdS or LPCB) to EN54-20 Class A, B and C
and shall carry appropriate CE marking to confirm this approval.
The VLS smoke detector shall be installed to comply with one or more of the following codes or standards:
AS 1670.1-2004, AS1603.8 1996, , ASNZS 3000
Fire Industry Association (FIA), Code of Practice for Design, Installation,
Commissioning & Maintenance of Aspirating Smoke Detector (ASD) Systems
NFPA Standards, US
NEC Standards, US
NZS 4512 : 2003
Local codes and standards
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
System Description
Design requirements
1. Shall consist of a highly sensitive LASER-based smoke detector, aspirator, and filter. The detection unit shall also include
a scanning valve mechanism to identify which sampling pipe is carrying smoke.
2. It shall be modular, with each detector optionally monitored by a display featuring LEDs and a sounder. The system shall
be configured by a programmer that is either integral to the system, portable or PC based.
The system shall allow programming of:
four smoke threshold alarm levels;
time delays;
faults including airflow, detector, power, filter and network as well as an indication of the urgency of the fault;
seven or twelve configurable relay outputs for remote indication of alarm and fault conditions.
3. It shall consist of an air sampling pipe network to transport air to the detection system, supported by calculations from
a computer-based design modelling tool.
4. Optional equipment may include intelligent remote displays and/or a high level interface with the building fire alarm
system, or a dedicated Xtralis VSM graphics package.
Performance requirements
Shall be tested and approved to cover up to 2,000m2 (20,000 sq.ft).
Shall be approved to provide very early warning smoke detection and provide four output levels corresponding to Alert,
Action, Fire 1 and Fire 2. These levels shall be programmable and able to be set at sensitivities ranging from 0.005-20%
obs/m (0.00156% obs/ft). For compliance to UL approval range is 0.0015-4% obsc/ft.
Shall report any fault on the unit by using configurable fault relay outputs or via VSM.
Shall be self monitoring for filter contamination.
Shall incorporate a flow sensor in each pipe and provide staged airflow faults.
Submittals
Product data and site drawings shall be submitted and shall include pipe layout, operational calculations (ASPIRE2) and performance criteria.
A copy of the manufacturers installation, operation and maintenance manuals shall be supplied upon completion of the installation.
System commissioning data shall be supplied (in a format recommended by the manufacturer and per the instructions provided by the
manufacturer) within 30 days of completion of the installation.
Quality assurance
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
Detector assembly
1. The detector, filter, aspirator and relay outputs shall be housed in a mounting box and shall be arranged in such a way
that air is drawn from the fire risk area and a sample passed through the dual stage filter and detector by the aspirator.
2. The detection unit shall also include a scanning valve mechanism to identify which sampling pipe is carrying smoke.
The valve mechanism shall:
be integrated into the detector
begin to sample each pipe individually upon detection of smoke
be used to identify the level of smoke in each pipe
be used to indicate in which pipe an alarm was first detected
operate upon manual activation of the scan button on the VLS display
be automatically tested fortnightly to ensure uninterrupted protection
3. The system shall utilise the principle of sampling all sectors simultaneously. When a scan smoke level is reached, an
automatic sequence shall be initiated to sample each sector individually. If an alarm threshold level is reached a first alarm
sector is indicated and signalled. The unit shall then continue its sequence monitoring until the smoke level signal reduces
below the scan level.
4.
The detector shall be LASER-based type and shall have an obscuration sensitivity range of 0.005-20% obs/m (0.00156% obs/ft).
5. The detector shall have four independent field programmable smoke alarm thresholds per pipe (sector) and a programmable
scan time delay.
6. The Detector shall also incorporate facilities to transmit the following faults:
Detector
Air flow
Filter
System
Zone
Network
Power
7. Urgent and minor faults. Minor faults shall be considered as servicing or maintenance signals. Urgent faults indicate the
unit may not be able to detect smoke.
8. The detector shall have four in-line sample pipe inlets and must contain a flow sensorfor each pipe inlet. Both minor and
urgent flow faults can be reported.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
Displays
1. When required, a detector display module may be located within the detector, a remote mounting box or a 19 inch remote
rack.
2. Each Display shall provide the following features at a minimum:
A 20 segment bar graph display.
Four independent high intensity alarm indicators, alert, action, fire 1 and fire 2, corresponding to the four alarm
thresholds of the indicated sector.
Alarm threshold indicators for alert, action and fire 1.
LED indication that the first alarm sector is established.
LED indication of which pipe(s) is carrying smoke.
Detector fault and airflow fault indicators.
Faults originating in the particular VLS zone (Zone Fault) shall be distinguished from those produced by the overall
smoke detection system and from those resulting from network wiring errors (Network Fault). LED indicators shall be
provided for each fault category.
Minor and urgent fault LED indicators.
A remotely mounted display may be optionally equipped with 7 or 12 configurable relays for signalling alarm and fault
conditions.
Four buttons supporting the following features:
a. Mode/Test - Scrolls through the information on the displays digital display:
Sensitivity (fire 1 threshold setting), current smoke level, VLS Zone number and first alarm sector. When pressed
and held initiates a lamp test on the individual display module.
b. Silence/Scan - Silences all devices on the system. When pressed and held initiates a manual scan test.
c. Reset - Unlatches all latched alarm conditions on the assigned VLS zone.
d. Isolate - Isolates the individual VLS zone (inhibits alarm and fault relays and initiates Isolate relay).
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
Programmers
1. When required, a programmer module may be located within the detector, a remote mounting box, a 19 inch remote rack,
or in a portable hand-held unit. Alternatively, programming may be performed using a Windows application running on a
PC connected through a High Level Interfacing unit (PC-Link HLI).
2. Each programmer shall support the following features at a minimum:
Programming of any device on the VESDAnet system.
Viewing of the status of any device in the system.
Adjustment of the alarm thresholds for each pipe (sector).
Software configuration for either 7 or 12 relays
Setting of Day/Night, weekend and holiday sensitivity threshold settings.
Initiation of AutoLearn, to automatically configure the detectors alarm
threshold settings to suit the current environment.
Multi-level password control.
Programmable latching or non-latching relay operation.
Programmable energized or de-energized relays.
Programmable high and low flow settings for airflow supervision.
Programmable aspirator speed control.
Programmable maintenance intervals.
Facilities for referencing with time dilution compensation.
Testing of relays assigned to a specific zone to aid commissioning.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
The laser based ASD system shall have four (4) independently programmable alarm thresholds. The four alarm levels may be used as
follows:
The additional alarm outputs, with the optional relay interface card may be used as follows:
Note: The alarm level functions as listed are possible scenarios. Consideration should be given to the best utilization of these facilities for each application and
the requirements of local authorities (e.g. authorities having jurisdiction in the US).
Note: When used within the EU, alarm thresholds shall be configured to achieve the required sensitivity class (A, B or C).
Initial settings for the alarm levels shall be determined by the requirements of the fire zone. Default settings of the unit shall be:
Alarm level 1 (Alert) 0.08% obs/m (0.025% obs/ft)
Alarm level 2 (Action) 0.14% obs/m (0.0448% obs/ft)
Alarm level 3 (Fire 1) 0.20% obs/m (0.0625% obs/ft)
Alarm level 4 (Fire 2) 2.0% obs/m (0.625% obs/ft)
Each pipe (sector) shall have its alarm thresholds set by a sector factor. The sector factor range shall be between 0.5 and 2.0 (where 2.0
doubles the normal alarm threshold settings).
Fault alarms
The detector fault relay shall be connected to the appropriate alarm zone on the fire alarm control Panel (FACP) in such a way that a
detector fault would register a fault condition on the FACP. The minor fault and Isolate relays shall also be connected to the appropriate
control system.
(Check local codes, standards or regulations to determine whether compliance with this set up is required).
The system shall be powered from a regulated supply of nominally 24V DC. The battery charger and battery shall comply with the relevant
codes, standards or regulations. Typically 24 hours standby battery backup is required followed by 30 minutes in an alarm condition.
local power supply standards that may apply:
UL 1481 Listed -provided the power supply and standby batteries have been appropriately sized / rated to accommodate
the systems power requirements.
US Telecommunication central office power supply- the system shall operate on negative 48 VDC (provided continuously
from the telephone central office power source) converted to 24VDC.
EN 54-4 approved power supply for use in Europe.
In accordance with AS 1670.1-2004 and NZS4512: 2003
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
1. The sampling pipe shall be smooth bore. Normally, pipe with an outside diameter (OD) of 25mm or 1.05 and internal
diameter (ID) of 21mm or should be used.
2. The pipe material should be suitable for the environment in which it is installed, or should be the material as required by
the specifying body (e.g. in the US, VESDA pipe material shall be UL 1887 Plenum rated CPVC).
3. All joints in the sampling pipe must be air tight and made by using solvent cement, except at entry to the detector.
4. The pipe shall be identified as air aampling/Aspirating Smoke Detector Pipe (or similar wording) along its entire length at
regular intervals not exceeding the manufacturers recommendation or that of local codes and standards.
5. All pipes should be supported at not less than 1.5m (5ft) centers, or that of the local codes or standards.
6. The far end of each trunk or branch pipe shall be fitted with an end-cap and made air-tight by using solvent cement. Use of
an end-cap will be dependent on ASPIRE2 calculations.
Sampling holes
1. Sampling holes shall not be separated by more than the maximum distance allowed for conventional point detectors
as specified in the local codes and standards. Intervals may vary according to calculations. For AS1670.1 -2004 the
maximum allowable distance is 10.2m. For FIA the maximum allowable distance is 10.6m. For NFPA the maximum allowable
distance is 30ft.
2. Each sampling point port shall be identified in accordance with codes or standards.
3. Consideration shall be given to the manufacturers recommendations and standards in relation to the number of
sampling points and the distance of the sampling points from the ceiling or roof structure and forced ventilation systems.
4. Sample port size shall be as specified by ASPIRE2 calculations.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
Wherever possible the transport time (i.e. the time taken by smoke sampled to reach the detector) for the least favourable sampling point
shall be less than 60 seconds for open hole sampling and less than 90 seconds for capillary tubes.
Longer transport times may be tolerated where long pipe runs are required and where local codes and standards permit.
Local codes and standards may also apply. For example:
AS1670, Part 1 Australia 90 Seconds
FIA Code of Practice UK 120 Seconds
NFPA 72 The Americas 120 Seconds
NFPA 76 The Americas 60 Seconds
When used within the EU the maximum transport times shall be in accordance with the limits approved under EN54-20 i.e. VLP = 60
seconds for Class A, 90 seconds for Class B and 120 seconds for Class C.
Balance %
The sample point balance for the pipe shall not be less than 70% as indicated by ASPIRE2. That is, the volume of air drawn from the last
sampling point shall not be less than 70% of the average volume of air through the other holes.
Commissioning tests
1. The contractor shall allow for the manufacturers representative to attend commissioning of the entire installation in the
presence of the owner and/or its representative.
2. All necessary instrumentation, equipment, materials and labor shall be provided by the contractor.
3. The contractor shall record all tests and system calibrations and a copy of these results shall be retained on site in the
System Log Book.
System checks
1. Visually check all pipes to ensure that all joints, fittings, bends, sampling points, etc., comply with the specification.
2. Check the system to ensure the following features are operational and programmed in accordance with the specification.
Alarm threshold levels (for both day and night settings),
Pipes in use,
Detector address,
Display address,
Clock and date,
Time delays,
Air flow fault thresholds,
Display buttons operable (mode, silence, reset, isolate),
Referencing
Units set to U.S./S.I. (for US only) or metric for other regions
3. Check to ensure that all ancillary warning devices operate as specified.
4. Check interconnection with fire alarm control panel to ensure correct operation.
Tests
1. Introduce smoke into the detector assembly to provide a basic Go / No-Go functional test.
2. Verify that transport time from farthest sampling port does not exceed the local code requirements.
3. Activate the appropriate fire alarm zones and advise all concerned that the system is fully operational. Fill out the logbook
and commissioning report accordingly.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
Scope
This document provides specification details for a software product that is able to remotely monitor and configure smoke detection and
fire protection systems in multiple locations.
System information
General
1. The software package shall centrally monitor and configure very early warning smoke detection and fire protection
systems in multiple local or remote locations.
2. The software package shall be compatible with smoke detection and fire protection systems that are approved by global
approvals bodies and meet all local codes, standards and regulations. VESDA is an example of such a system.
3. The software shall consist of monitoring and configuration components:
The configuration component shall allow users to configure VESDA detectors remotely by using a connected PC.
The monitoring component shall allow users to monitor individual detectors, multiple detectors
connected via a HLI and VESDAnet, and/or multiple HLIs and VESDAnets.
Approvals
The smoke detectors and fire protection systems which the monitoring software supports must be of a type submitted to, tested,
approved, and/or listed by:
LPCB (Loss Prevention Certification Board), UK
VdS (Verband der Sachversicherer e. V.), Germany
AFNOR, France
UL (Underwriters Laboratories Inc), US
FM (Factory Mutual), US
ULC (Underwriters Laboratories Canada), Canada
ActivFire, Australia
CCCF and CCCf, China
System description
1. The software shall support local and remote password-based access control:
Three local password-protected levels of software access: designer, user and administrator.
Multiple user accounts with unique user-ID and password based access control.
Remote password-management of remote fire networks
2. The software shall have a user-friendly graphics user interface.
3. The software shall support cut and paste functionality for common tasks.
4. The software shall provide support for multiple languages including English, German, Spanish, French, Italian, Russian,
Polish, Korean, Simplified Chinese and Traditional Chinese.
5. The software shall support translations of messages from one supported language to another.
6. The software shall support disk space monitoring.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
Monitoring functionality
1. The software shall have the capacity to monitor multiple connections:
The software shall enable one or more workstations to monitor and configure multiple VESDA systems in multiple
buildings and multiple sites.
The software shall provide an event list that provides a single integrated view of all events (faults/troubles and alarms)
across multiple sites.
The software shall prioritize all events presented in the event list according to logical precedence rules.
The software shall allow management of all events from the event list including acknowledgement of events and re
setting of devices.
The software shall allow colors to be assigned to different event types.
The software shall allow printing of event lists.
2. The software shall be able to connect directly to all VESDAnet, VESDAlink and VESDAtalk connections, thereby providing
an all-in-one monitoring solution:
Using standard RS232 ports (or Ethernet) on existing and future monitoring and control systems, PCs using the
software shall connect to and interpret status change data transmitted from the ports and provide graphic annunciation,
control, history logging and reporting as specified herein.
Network systems that cannot interface to VESDAnet systems or systems requiring the use of a dry contact or volt
age monitoring interfaces to connect to VESDAnet shall not be accepted.
3. The software shall be able to connect to multiple remote sites via IP-based LAN or WAN using virtual serial port emulation.
4. The software shall communicate with one or more VESDA LaserFOCUS detectors via an RS232 connection using either a
DB9 connector or dedicated screw-terminal wiring to the detector displays Tx/Rx terminals natively using the VESDAtalk
protocol without the necessity for using protocol translation or other communications equipment.
5. The software shall communicate with one or more VESDA LaserCOMPACT (RO) detectors via an RS232 connection, using
a DB9 connector, to the detector natively using the VESDAlink protocol without the necessity for using protocol translation
or other communications equipment.
6. The software shall communicate with one or more VESDAnet-compliant VESDA LaserPLUS, VESDA LaserSCANNER,
VESDA LaserCOMPACT and/or VESDA LaserFOCUS detectors via a VESDA high level interface (HLI) natively using the
VESDAnet protocol without the necessity for using protocol translation or other communications equipment.
7. The software shall be able to monitor up to 255 VESDA devices or VESDA networks.
8. The software shall be compatible with 4 alarm levels:
Alert (Alarm Level 1) may be used to activate a visual and audible alarm in the fire risk area.
Action (Alarm Level 2) may be used to activate the electrical/electronic equipment shutdown relay and activate visual
and audible alarms in the Security Office or other appropriate location.
Fire 1 (Alarm Level 3) may be used to activate an alarm condition in the Fire Alarm Control Panel to call the Fire
Brigade and activate all warning systems.
Fire 2 (Alarm Level 4) may be used to activate a suppression system and/or other suitable countermeasures (e.g.
evacuation action or shutdown of systems).
9. The software shall allow importation of .wav files for event notification.
10. The software shall have a text-to-speech option to allow natural language annunciation of all faults and alarms:
The text-to-speech component of the software shall use Nuances (formerly ScanSofts) RealSpeak speech engine.
The text-to-speech functionality shall be available in a number of different languages.
11. The software shall support sophisticated floor plan development and management functionality:
The software shall enable floor plan drawings to be used in the software to graphically notify users where a smoke
event is occurring in their monitored system.
The software shall allow development of multiple levels of interconnected floor plans.
The software shall allow importation of AutoCAD, jpg, bmp and other common image files
The software shall include software to allow designers to create and manipulate CAD images for incorporation in
meaningful context-sensitive multi-level floorplans
12. The software shall allow for multiple device smoke trending on a single graph.
13. The software shall support printing on a printer such as a line printer that supports Unicode.3.2.16.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
Configuration functionality
The software shall allow configuration of all VESDA LaserPLUS, LaserSCANNER, LaserCOMPACT, LaserFOCUS model detectors:
Full remote programming of all detector functions.
Saving of detector configurations for safe storage.
The software shall allow creation of off-line configurations for all such VESDA detectors and allow a merge and compare
of off-line configuration with on-line configurations.
Performance requirements
1. The software shall operate on either Windows 2000 Professional or Windows XP Professional.
2. The software shall function on the following minimum PC specifications:
Processor Pentium. Minimum configuration: P4 2.8Ghz 1MB cache RAM 2 GB
Hard Disk 1 by 80 GB system disk; 2 by 80 GB if connected to raid storage
Display Preferred: Dual monitor AGP Card with 256 MB memory. Minimum: Single monitor 128 MB memory.
Network Minimum: 10/100/1000 Mbps
Submittals
General
1. Three copies of all submittals shall be submitted to the architect, engineer, and owner for review.
2. A copy of the manufacturers product manual shall be supplied to the end users upon completion of the installation
3. System commissioning data shall be supplied (in a format recommended by the manufacturer and per the instructions
provided by the manufacturer) within 30 days of completion of the installation.
4. Substitute equipment proposed as equal to the equipment specified herein shall meet or exceed the minimum specified
standard. For equipment other than that specified, the contractor shall supply proof that such substitute equipment equals
or exceeds the features, functions, performance, and quality of the specified equipment.
Shop drawings
1. Sufficient information, clearly presented, shall be included to determine compliance with drawings and specifications.
2. Wiring diagrams shall indicate all wiring for each item of equipment and the interconnections between the items of equipment.
3. Include manufacturers name(s), model numbers, ratings, power requirements, equipment layout, device arrangement,
complete wiring point-to-point diagrams, and conduit layouts.
Manuals
1. Complete operating manuals and technical data sheets are to be submitted simultaneously with the shop drawings &
other submittals.
A clear and concise description of product operation shall be provided, and it shall include, in detail, the information
required to properly operate the equipment and system.
2. Approvals shall be based on complete submissions of manuals together with shop drawings.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
Quality assurance
Manufacturer qualifications
1. The manufacturer shall have a minimum of 15 years production experience in the design and production of design and
monitoring software for smoke detection and fire protection systems.
2. The manufacturer shall be certified as meeting ISO 9001:2000 for manufacturing.
Equipment supplier
1. The equipment supplier shall be authorized and trained by the manufacturer to calculate, design, install, test and maintain
the smoke detection and fire protection systems, and shall be able to produce a certificate stating such on request.
The contractor shall install the product in accordance with the manufacturers system design manual.
1. The contractor shall configure the software in accordance with the manufacturers system design manual.
2. Configuration of the software shall include:
establishing network connections to all installed smoke detectors on all sites
establishing IP connections from the monitoring site to all monitored sites
associating all detectors with designated floor plan zones
setting up a hierarchical floor plan system that ranges from a detector zone up to a regional or global level
Commissioning tests
1. The contractor shall allow for the manufacturers representative to attend commissioning of the entire installation in the
presence of the owner and/or its representative.
2. The contractor shall provide all necessary instrumentation, equipment, materials and labor.
3. The contractor shall record all tests and system calibrations and a copy of these results shall be retained on site in the
system log book.
System checks
When the system is checked, all of the following steps must be undertaken:
1. Visually check all pipes to ensure that all joints, fittings, bends, sampling holes, etc., comply with the specification.
2. Check the system to ensure the following features are operational and programmed in accordance with the specification.
Alarm threshold levels,
Detector address,
Time and date,
Time delays,
Air flow fault thresholds,
External button operable (Reset / Disable),
Referencing
Units set to U.S./S.I.
3. Check to ensure that all ancillary warning devices operate as specified.
4. Check interconnection with fire aarm control panel to ensure correct operation.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.2 Miscellaneous
Worldwide approvals Vds LPC, VdS, AFNOR, UL, ULC, UL268A (in-duct application), FM, NY-MEA, CSFM, ActivFire, CFE.
Area coverage (maximum) 1500 m2 (across 2000 m2 (across 2000 m2 800 m2 800 m2 250/500 m2
15 sectors) 4 sectors) (20000 sq. ft) (8000 sq. ft) (8000 sq. ft) (2500/5000 sq.ft)
On-board memory (max. events) Up to 20000 18000 18000 18000 18000 18000
Bar graph/indicator LED Yes Local or Remote Local or Remote Local Local Local
(20 segment (20 segment (5 on-board (5 on-board (7 on-board
bargraph display) bargraph LEDs). Remote LEDs) LEDs 10
display) (20 segment Segment Circular
bargraph display) Display)
Programming Tools On-board YES YES YES Programmed via Programmed via
- On-board Programming module programmer and RS232 direct RS232 direct
- Portable Programmer PC Software connection to PC connection to PC
- PC Software (VSC, VSM) (VSC/VSM4) using VSC using VSC
Via VESDAnet (when the detectors
are connected on the VESDA network)
VESDAnet
Max. distance between devices N/A 1300 m 1300 m 1300 m N/A 1300 m
(4000 ft) (4000 ft) (4000 ft) (with VN Card)
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
7.3 Miscellaneous
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
Section 7. 3
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
Glossary of terms
Addressable optical beam smoke detector: Optical beam smoke detector, which, in addition to providing alarm and trouble indications
to a control unit, are capable of communicating a unique identification (address) in order to show the exact location of a fire.
Analogue optical beam smoke detector: Optical beam smoke detector that communicates a unique identification (address) along with
an analogue (data) signal, that indicates the level of smoke at its location.
Automatic fire alarm system: A system of controls, initiating devices and alarm signals in which some or all of the initiating circuits are
activated by automatic devices such as optical beam smoke detectors.
Automatic gain control (AGC): The ability of an optical beam smoke detector to compensate for light signal degradation due to dust or
dirt and/or building movement. The rate of compensation is limited to ensure that the detector is still sensitive to slow, smouldering fires.
Fire: A chemical reaction between oxygen and a combustible material where rapid oxidation results in the release of heat, light, flame
and/or smoke.
Listed/approved: The inclusion of a device in a list published by a recognised testing organisation, indicating that the device has been
successfully tested to meet the applicable standards.
Obscuration (cumulative obscuration): The reduction of the ability of light to travel from one point to another due to the presence of
solids, liquids, gases, or aerosols. CUMULATIVE OBSCURATION is a combination of the density of these light-blocking particles per metre
and the linear distance, which these particles occupy, i.e., smoke density times the linear distance of the smoke field;
it is usually expressed in % / m.
Optical beam smoke detector: A device that monitors the amount of infrared light transmitted between a light source and a
photosensitive receiver. When smoke particles enter the infrared light beam path, some of the light is scattered and some absorbed,
thereby reducing the light reaching the Receiver. If this obscuration exceeds a set value, the optical beam smoke detector responds and
communicates its status to a fire panel. Optical beam smoke detector coverage: The area in which an optical beam smoke detector is
considered to effectively sense smoke. This area is limited by applicable standards and codes.
Optical beam smoke detector range: The distance between the transmitter and the receiver/reflector (prism).
Reflector (prism): The device that returns the infrared light back to the transceiver unit. A reflector may utilise prism(s) so that the
reflected beam path is along the transmitted path even if the reflector (prism) is misaligned.
Sensitivity: The ability of an optical beam smoke detector to respond to a given level/threshold of smoke obscuration.
Smoke colour: The relative lightness or darkness of smoke, ranging from invisible to white to grey to black.
Point-type smoke detector: A device that senses smoke at its particular location only. Point-type detectors have a defined range of coverage.
Stratification: An effect that occurs when the air containing smoke particles is heated by smouldering or burning material and, becoming
less dense than the surrounding cooler air, rises until it reaches a level at which there is no longer a difference in temperature between it
and the surrounding air. Stratification can also be caused by forced ventilation.
Transmitter/receiver/control unit: The transmitter projects a modulated infrared light beam over an area to a receiver (directly or via a
reflector). The receiver forwards the signal to a control unit for analysis (this can be a separate or integrated unit depending on the
detector type). The control unit informs the fire panel on the status of the equipment.
Transceiver: A unit combining the transmitter and the receiver is called a transceiver.
Transparencies (Filters): A panel of plastic having a known level of obscuration, which can be used to test the proper sensitivity threshold
of an optical beam smoke detector.
Trouble (Fault) Condition: The status of a device or system that impair its proper operation, i.e., open circuit on an initiation loop. The
notification of a trouble condition indicated on a control panel or annunciator is a TROUBLE SIGNAL, also called FAULT.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
An optical beam smoke detector comprises a transmitter, a receiver and a control unit:
The transmitter is an infrared light source tha tgenerates and projects a modulated infrared (invisible) light beam over an area to the
receiver.
The receiver is a photosensitive sensor that forwards the signal to a control unit;
The control unit, which can be a separate or integrated unit (depending on the type of optical beam smoke detector) analyses the signal
information and communicates with the fire panel on the status of the optical beam smoke detector
Core: The effective region corresponds to the core area, which will connect the transmitter with the receiver / reflector. The core
region contains sufficient IR energy to operate the system.
Scattered The energy in the scattered region is not sufficient to ensure reliable operation of the system.
region:
Edge: The transition area between the core and the scattered region.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
The optical beam smoke detector works on the principle of light Since the sudden and total obscuration of the light beam is not a
obscuration. The photosensitive element of the optical beam typical smoke signature, the optical beam smoke detector will see
smoke detector sees light produced by the Transmitter in a normal this as a trouble condition, not an alarm. This threshold is
condition. The Receiver is calibrated to a preset sensitivity level typically set by the manufacturer at a specified sensitivity level.
based on a percentage of total obscuration. Fire fighting
enterprises optical beam smoke detectors offer various sensitivity This minimizes the possibility of an unwanted alarm due to the
settings to choose from. blockage of the beam by a solid object, such as a sign or a ladder,
being inadvertently placed in the beam path. Very small, slow
Unlike point-type photoelectric smoke detectors, optical beam changes in the obscuration of the light source are also not typical
smoke detectors are generally less sensitive to the colour of of a smoke signature. These changes may occur because of
smoke. Therefore, an optical beam smoke detector may be well environmental conditions such as dust or dirt accumulation on the
suited to applications unsuitable for point-type photoelectric optical beam smoke detectors optical assemblies or on the
detectors, such as applications where the anticipated fire would reflector surface. Small, slow changes may also occur due to
produce black smoke. Optical beam smoke detectors do require building movement.
visible smoke and therefore may not be as sensitive as ion
detectors in some applications. Changes caused by environmental conditions are typically
compensated for by an automatic gain control (AGC). When the
Optical beam smoke detectors are sensitive to the cumulative beam smoke detector is first turned on and put through its setup
obscuration presented by smoke field. A combination of smoke program, it assumes the light signal level at that time as a
density and the linear distance of the smoke field create this reference point for a normal condition.
cumulative obscuration across the projected light beam.
Cumulative obscuration is therefore a measure of the percentage As the quality of the light signal degrades overtime, the AGC will
of light blockage. compensate for this change. The rate of compensation is limited
to ensure that the optical beam smoke detector will maintain its
Note: condensation can be considered as an obscuration set sensitivity and will also still be sensitive to smouldering or slow
phenomenon. building fires.
When the AGC can no longer compensate for the loss of signal (as
with an excessive accumulation of dust or dirt or building
movement) the optical beam smoke detector will signal a trouble
condition, so that maintenance can take place.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
1.3.1. Projected
The transmitter (T) and the receiver (R) are installed at each end of
the area to be protected, up to 100metres apart. The Receiver is
electrically connected to a control unit, the later being installed at
the ground level.
1.3.2. Reflected
The transmitter (T) and the receiver (R) are contained within one
unit: the transceiver (TR). The transmitted infrared light beam is
reflected back by a reflector (prism) mounted directly opposite this
unit, up to 100metres away. The Receiver is connected to a
control unit that can be either integrated into the transceiver or
installed at ground level.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
The type of optical beam smoke detector used will be dictated by the installation and environment conditions and constraints.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
Optical beam smoke detectors are used to provide wide area - Atriums
smoke detection. These are usually used in situations where it is - Conference / Exhibition Centres
either impractical, inappropriate or not cost effective (installation, - Shopping Malls
wiring and maintenance) to use traditional point-type detectors. It - Historic Buildings
also enables coverage of a large area, at minimal cost. - Churches / Mosques
- Museums
Optical beam smoke detectors are also ideally suited for situations - Hangers
that might include high ceilings, dusty and dirty environments, or - Manufacturing Plants
environments that experience temperature extremes. - Warehouses
- Airports
- Stables
- Sport / Leisure Centres
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
The following guidelines are provided to give a general summary It is important that the optical beam smoke detector is positioned
of common situations in which optical beam smoke detectors are correctly to minimise the detection time.
used.
Experiments have shown that smoke from a fire does not rise
Coverage/ceiling height directly upwards, but fans out as a plume due to dilution with cool
air and heat layering effects.
Optical beam smoke detectors generally have an operating range
of up to 100 metres. However, the optical concept means that the The time to signal a fire condition depends on the location of the
infrared light beam doesnt suddenly drop at 100 metres, but optical beam smoke detector within the premises, the volume and
carries on, fading away progressively. With regards to the density of smoke produced, construction of the roof, ventilation
reflected optical beam smoke detectors, the infrared light beam arrangements and airflow within the detection area.
actually travels up to 100 metres and back the same distance.
High ceiling applications such as atriums, lobbies, gymnasiums,
sports arenas, museums, factories and warehouses are areas where
Optical beam smoke detectors are ideally suited for optical beam smoke detectors are not only acceptable, but are the
high ceiling applications, where their infrared light detector of choice.
beam path is less likely to be obstructed.
Smoke layering, where smoke does not reach the ceiling level due
to layers of static hot air, is overcome by mounting the optical beam
smoke detector / reflector at the recommended height below the
ceiling of between 0.3m and 0.6m. This brings the
infrared light beam below the heat layer and into the smoke layer.
However, if there are objects below the ceiling that could obscure
the beam path, the detector heads / reflector positioning may need
to be adjusted (this can be determined by smoke tests). The
effects of stratification should also be considered when locating
optical beam smoke detectors (see 3.4.3. Stratification).
Hence an Optical Beam Smoke Detector can protect a wide area up to: 1,500 m2
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
A ceiling or roof with a slope in excess of 4.5 degrees should be regarded as an APEX ceiling / roof.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
A ceiling or roof with a slope in excess of 4.5 degrees should be The lateral coverage can be increased to 9m either side of the
regarded as an APEX ceiling / roof. infrared light beam axis.
When optical beam smoke detectors are mounted in an APEX, the This only applies for:
lateral coverage either side of the beam axis can be increased in
relation to the angle () of the pitch, using the following formula: - Optical beam smoke detectors positioned in the
APEX. For all other optical beam smoke
X = 7.5 + (7.5 x /100) metres detectors, the calculations remain the same;
- Pitch angles up to and including 25. Hence the
For example: maximum increase in lateral coverage can be:
If the pitch angle () is 20, the lateral coverage can be increased
from 7.5m either side of the infrared light beam axis to: X = 7.5 + (7.5 x 25/100) metres
X = 7.5 + (7.5 x 20/100) metres X = 9.375 metres
X = 7.5 + (1.5) metres Pitch angles over 25 must use the maximum lateral figure of
X = 9 metres 9.375m either side of the infrared light beam axis.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
High air movement does not have as great as an effect on optical beam smoke detectors as other detector types. An optical beam smoke
detectors sensing range can be as long as a football field (maximum beam range is typically 100m). It is therefore less likely that smoke
will be blown out of the optical beam smoke detectors sensing range. Although reduced spacing is not required in high airflow areas,
attention should be given to the anticipated behaviour of smoke in these applications.
Hostile environment
Optical beam smoke detectors are not as limited as point-type detectors to hostile environments, eg. temperature extremes, dirt, and
corrosive gases.
In addition, flame / explosion proof optical beam smoke detectors have been designed for protection of large hazardous (with potentially
explosive atmospheres) areas, such as:
Zone1 Environments
Refineries
Mills
Munitions Factories and Stores
Flammable Liquid Stores
Flammable Gas Stores
Flammable Powder Stores
Industrial Plants and Warehouses
Power Stations
This version provides an early warning of smouldering or strongly smoke-generative fires, which may not be picked up by flame detectors
installed in these hazardous areas.
Flame / explosion proof optical beam smoke detectors are ATEX approved.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
Stratification occurs when smoke is heated by smouldering of burning materials and becomes less dense than surrounding cooler air.
The smoke rises until there is no longer a difference in temperature between the smoke and the surrounding air. Therefore, stratification
may occur in areas where the air temperature may be elevated at the ceiling level, but especially where there is a lack of ventilation.
On smooth ceilings, optical beam smoke detectors should generally be mounted between 0.3m to 0.6m from the ceiling.
In many cases, however, the location and sensitivity of the detectors shall be the result of an engineering evaluation that includes the
following:
Structural features
Size and shape of the room and bays
Occupancy and uses of the area
Ceiling height and shape
Surface and obstructions
Ventilation
Ambient environment
Burning characteristics of the combustible materials present
Configuration of the contents in the area to be protected.
The results of an engineering evaluation may require an installation at a reduced height to defeat the effects of stratification or other
obstructions.
(A) This plume is narrow at the ground level and expands at higher levels; it can be detected readily at these levels.
(B) This fire is slow to develop; the temperature of the plume cools around 10m to 15m causing it to stratify at this level.
(C) This plume develops at lower levels and doesnt cool until it reaches higher elevations. Due to the high temperature, its size is equal
from floor to ceiling.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
Upward optical beam smoke detectors Horizontal optical beam smoke Horizontal optical beam smoke
to detect the smoke Layer: detectors to detect the smoke layer at detectors to detect the smoke plume:
various Levels:
The purpose of this approach is to quickly The purpose of this approach is to quickly The purpose of this approach is to detect
detect the development of a smoke layer detect the development of a smoke layer the rising plume rather than the smoke
at whatever temperature condition exists. at whatever temperature condition exists. layer. For this approach, an arrangement of
One or more optical beam smoke One or more optical beam smoke optical beam smoke detectors close
detectors are aimed at an upward angle to detectors are located at the ceiling. enough to each other to assure
intersect the smoke layer regardless of the Additional optical beam smoke detectors intersection of the plume is installed at a
level of smoke stratification. For redundancy are located at other levels lower in the level below the lowest expected
when using this approach, more than one volume. The exact positioning of the stratification level. The spacing between
optical beam smoke detector is optical beam smoke detectors is a optical beam smoke detectors is based on
recommended. function of the specific design but should the narrowest potential width of the plume
include optical beam smoke detectors at at the level of detection.
the bottom of any identified unconditioned
(dead-air) spaces and at / or near the
design smoke level with several
intermediate optical beam smoke
detectors positions at other levels.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
High air velocity: High air movement does not have as great as an effect on optical
High air velocity may blow smoke out of the sensing chamber; beam smoke detector. An optical beam smoke detectors
thus reducing the point-type detectors performance. sensing range can be typically as long as 100m. It is therefore
less likely that smoke will be blown out of the optical beam smoke
Coverage / spacing: detectors sensing range.
Radius = 7.5 metres
Lateral coverage = 7.5 metres either side
Distance between detectors = 10 metres
Distance between detectors = 15 metres
Qty required to cover 1,500 m2 = 15 units min
Qty required to cover 1,500 m2 = 1 unit
Installation / maintenance in wide areas:
Along the end walls only.
To all detectors situated across the ceiling, which require
individual connection / testing.
Optical beam and point-type smoke detectors have their own applications.
Fewer devices = lower installation and maintenance costs.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
Optical beam smoke detectors must be mounted on stable In cases where only one stable mounting surface as defined above
stationary surfaces for proper operation: to prevent movement can be used, and a reflected optical beam smoke detector has
and subsequent misalignment. A surface that moves, shifts, been chosen, the transceiver should be mounted to the stable
vibrates, or warps over time will cause false alarm or trouble surface and the reflector should be mounted to the less stable
conditions. Initial selection of a proper mounting surface will surface. The reflector has a much greater tolerance for the
eliminate false alarms and nuisance trouble signals. unstable mounting locations defined above.
Mount the optical beam smoke detector on a stable mounting DO NOT MOUNT the optical beam smoke detector on corrugated
surface, such as brick, concrete, a sturdy load-bearing wall, metal walls, sheet metal walls, external building sheathing,
support column, structural beam or other surface that is not external siding, suspended ceilings, steel web trusses, rafters,
expected to experience vibration or movement over time. non-structural beam, joists or other such surfaces.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
Reflective objects too near to the line of sight can reflect the
infrared light beam from the transmitter. If this occurs, the whole
area may not be protected or movement of these reflective
objects can cause false alarms.
There must be a permanent clear line of sight between the Any object in the infrared light beam path could cause a reduction
transmitter and the receiver / reflector. in signal and ultimately may prevent the system from operating
correctly.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
Sensitivity is the smoke obscuration (% / metres) over a distance Light sources of extreme intensity such as sunlight and artificial
(metres). lamps, if directed to the receiver, can cause a dramatic signal
change resulting in fault and alarm signals.
The optical beam smoke detectors working environment (dust,
humidity, etc.) is an element to be considered whilst selecting the Pointing the receiver to the rising or setting sun should be avoided.
sensitivity level.
If possible, the exposure should be North/South.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
Heat sources
Sources of high heat level can affect the line of sight between the Transmitter and the Receiver, and may have an adverse effect on the
performance of the optical beam smoke detector.
If possible, heat sources need to be placed as far as possible to the line of sight in order to avoid the potential of the heat haze distorting
and attenuating the infrared light beam.
Testing procedures
After successful installation and alignment (see manufacturers specific alignment procedure), the optical beam smoke detectors
will require testing for both fire and trouble conditions.
Taking into account the sensitivity threshold set during the The receiver optics (for the projected type optical beam smoke
installation, the optical beam smoke detector can be smoke tested detector) and the reflector (for the reflected type) should be
by progressively obscuring approximately half the receiver optics covered totally. The reflector should be covered with a
(for the projected type optical beam smoke detector) or half the non-reflective material.
reflector (for the reflected type) with non-reflective material. The
transmitter optics must remain uncovered during the smoke test. The optical beam smoke detector should indicate a trouble
condition after a defined time by activating the trouble indicator.
The optical beam smoke detector will indicate a fire within a
defined time (typically 10 seconds) by activating the fire indicator Once the obstruction has been removed, the optical beam smoke
and closing the fire relay. detector will automatically return in the conditions prior to the
trouble, within a defined time.
Once the environment is back to satisfactory levels and if the
optical beam smoke detector is not latched, the device will
automatically return in the conditions prior to the fire, within a
defined time. If the optical beam smoke detector is latched, the
device will have to be reset manually.
There must be a permanent clear line of sight between the Any object in the infrared light beam path could cause a reduction
Transmitter and the receiver / reflector. in signal and ultimately may prevent the system from operating
correctly.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
Optical beam smoke detectors are designed to be as maintenance-free as possible. However, it is essential that routine checks (such
as regular tests and scheduled service visits) and the special servicing are carried out in order for the optical beam smoke detectors to
remain fully operational and to function effectively in an alarm condition.
Remember to advise the authorities notified at the beginning of the maintenance activities that it has been completed and the whole
system is operational again.
Routine checks should consist of: Special servicing will be required under special
circumstances:
Visual inspection of all devices for physical
damages and any other condition that might impair
After a fire
proper operation If an unacceptable rate of false alarms is
The installation remains mechanically (fixture) and experienced
electrically (wiring) optimal When a new maintenance organisation is
No major changes to the environment: the line of contracted
sight is respected and reflections or obstructions Following long period of disconnection
have not been added
Trouble and aire alarm tests
In both circumstances, if any actions need to be undertaken, the installation and alignment criteria need
to be fulfilled and the testing procedure must subsequently be carried out again.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
There are also a number of accessories that have been specially engineered to suit specific applications and the variation of standards /
codes requirements.
Approvals
All FIRERAY optical beam smoke detectors are being sold and installed across 80 countries on all continents, thus carrying an
extensive range of approvals.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
Projected range
The FIRERAY 2000 a projected optical beam smoke The FIRERAY 2000EExd is an explosion / flame proof optical
detector. beam smoke detector and is ATEX approved.
The multiway version enables management of 3 or 4 sets of Transmitter and Receiver heads (either standard or explosion proof) from only
one control unit.
Alignment Tool
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
Accessories
Reflector (prism)
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
Accessories
Reflector (prism) System controller semi
flush trim plate
Replacement unit for
FIRERAY 5000. Mounts on system controller
back box for semi flush
installation.
Long range reflector kit
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
Section 7. 3.3 - Choosing the right optical beam & smoke detectors
Wide area detection - choosing the right optical beam smoke detector
You have a large indoor area to protect, so beam detection is the obvious choice here we look at how
to make sure you get the right beam system for the job
Infrared beam smoke detection uses invisible Infrared (IR) light beams to detect the presence of smoke particles between two points,
typically on opposite walls of an internal space. Because these points can be up to 100m apart, it can be a very efficient way of providing
fire protection for large indoor areas.The result is that one single beam system can protect an area up to 1500m2 (BS5839) or
19,800 sq ft (NFPA 72) - offering drastically reduced wiring and installation requirements compared to other fire detection methods for
covering such a space.
A beam detection system is composed of three main parts: a transmitter, a receiver, and a controller unit. The transmitter projects the
beam, the receiver measures the intensity of light reaching it with a photosensitive sensor, and the control unit processes the data and
interfaces with a fire control panel. The beam heads containing the transmitter and receiver are typically installed on vertical, opposing
walls, just below ceiling level. The controller unit will usually be at ground level for ease of access - without this any maintenance or
adjustment would be a lot more difficult!
Various configurations of these fundamental elements are possible depending on the product chosen, typically falling into two main types
of beam detector system: end to end or reflective.
A reflective system has the beam transmitter (Tx) and receiver (Rx) housed in the same transceiver head (TR), with the beam reflected
back across the protected area by a prismatic reflector plate mounted on the opposing surface (fig1).
Figure 1 The prismatic reflector plate bounces the IR light back to the transceiver unit
An end to end system has separate detector heads for the transmitter and receiver components, mounted so they are facing each other
across the protected area, one on each side (fig2).
Figure 2 An end to end system has the transmitter and receiver in separate detector heads
The controller unit is connected to the single transceiver head in a reflective system and to the receiver head only in an end to end system,
though the transmitter head still requires wiring for power.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
Section 7. 3.3 - Choosing the right optical beam & smoke detectors
Because reflective systems only require wiring on one side, they require less wiring than an end to end system. For this reason, reflective
detector systems are often the default choice to minimise installation time and therefore cost, however there are other factors to consider
when choosing a beam detector system.
Ceiling furniture
With the receiver and transmitter housed in the same unit, reflective beam detectors can be affected by objects that are situated very near
to the beam path. The sensor cannot tell if the light it is receiving is being bounced off the prismatic plate as intended, or off acloser surface
(fig 3).
Figure 3 reflective objects very near the beam path could return a signal to the transceiver
This could potentially be dangerous, as any smoke entering the It is important to note, however, that this is only ever an issue with
beam path behind the obstruction would not affect the total objects that are very close to the beams path: a clear line of sight
received signal as strongly as it should, because a portion of that of at least 1m diameter around a reflective beam path is typically
signal is coming from the obstructions reflection. Because of the recommended, though it is possible that a smaller aperture would
relationship between signal strength and distance (due to fall off be sufficient depending upon the specific circumstances of the
as per the inverse-square law), only a small amount of reflected situation.
light from a nearby obstruction could easily outweigh the signal
from the far-away prismatic plate; thus smoke obscuring that Because an end to end system has separate transmitter and
section of the beam path would not reduce the signal enough to receiver heads, there is no danger of reflected light entering the
trigger a fire status. system. Any light bouncing back from reflective surfaces would
only hit the transmitter not affecting the signal strength. The
receiver will still only getting the light it is meant to, and so the
system will retain complete stability and reliability (fig 4).
Figure 4 reflections
have no effect on the
transmitter in an end to
end system, which can
operate effectively with
only a small aperture
With the correct setup and positioning of an end to end system, a path the same width of the receiver
is sufficient for effective and reliable operation; in practice a 0.6m diameter line of sight is typically
recommended. Evidently, this means that end to end beams are better suited for installations where
there is only a narrow gap for the beam, or lots of objects near to the beam path that could cause reflec-
tions.
In image 1, we can see that the supporting structure of the warehouse presents only a narrow
uninterrupted column of space between the opposing walls near the ceiling. Although it is be possible to image 1 although this
set up a reflective system to work without issue across that space, it would be easier to specify, installation actually used a
install and set up an end to end system. reflective beam system, an
end to end one would be
The struts and girders wouldnt interfere much with smoke particle distribution, but obviously have the much easier to set up and
potential to obstruct or reflect the infrared beam and being aware of these things before they are prob- install
lems could save a lot of time in the long run.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
Section 7. 3.3 - Choosing the right optical beam & smoke detectors
Sunbathing
Beam detector systems are designed to be highly tolerant to ambient light sources, using electronics and software to filter out unwanted
light frequencies. Just like the human eye though, a beam receiver is not immune to very strong, direct light. If a beam receiver or
transceiver can see the sun in its field of view near to the beam path, its photoelectric sensor may become saturated by the intensity of
the light. This field of view is relatively narrow, so it is not a common situation, however it is best to be aware of the fact and that it can be
easily avoided.
Just like with stray reflections, the transmitter head in an end to end system is unaffected by direct light of any intensity. Intelligent
positioning of an end to end system can therefore solve the issues that might be caused by sunlight, simply by pointing the receiver away
from the sun (fig 5).
Figure 5 Even direct sunlight has no effect on the transmitter head in an end to end system
By contrast, a reflective system needs both ends of the beam to be effectively shaded, as light added to either end will affect the signal:
whether shining directly onto the transceiver or firstbouncing off the prismatic reflector on the other side, the light still enters the system.
It is also worth noting that buildings or environments with a lot of glasswork can also be problematic - anyone whos been blinded by the
Gherkin building in London on a sunny day knows how brightly that kind of architecture can shine.
The atrium in image 2 is an ideal space to protect with beam detection, as the area to be covered and the height of the ceiling means that
point detectors may not only be prohibitively expensive, but also ultimately less effective than beams.
With one wall completely windowed though, there is obviously the potential for large amounts of direct sunlight to enter the building. Use
of a reflective beam system here would then not be advised, unless both ends of the system could be safely shaded. An end to end
system however could easily be positioned with the transmitter facing the sun, largely solving the problem from the start and making the
whole process much easier.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
Section 7. 3.3 - Choosing the right optical beam & smoke detectors
In image 3, even without considering aesthetics it would be
unacceptable if not impossible to mount a detector on the vaulted
ceiling.Because beam systems are wall mounted this would not
be a problem, and a single one could span the whole length of the
hallway.
Best in class
One of the best things about beam detection is that the principle behind it is beautifully simple and effective. This means that it can be all
too easy to think that a beam is just a beam, and there is no more to it than that the key, however, is in maximising the efficiency,
effectiveness and ease of use of the underlying principle with the right technology and features.
For example, the inclusion of a low-level controller unit instantly makes the initial setup and continued maintenance of the system much
easier, cutting out much of the need for work at height. Much innovation and many advances have also been made in recent years to ease
and speed the installation and setup process for beam detectors.In conjunction with better information, training and increased awareness,
this has meantthat not only is commissioningquicker and smoother than ever before, but there is also a lower incidence of issues thereaf-
ter.
As already mentioned, the FIRERAY 5000 and 3000 models are at the forefront of infrared beam smoke detection, representing the most
technologically advanced and fully-featured systems available. As well as a low-level controller unit, these products both incorporate first-
fix base plates, two-core cabling requirements, a visible laser for initial targeting and automatic gain compensation (AGC) to maximise
signal strength and stability over time. In addition to these features, the reflective 5000 model also has a motorised auto-alignment
capability to automatically point and keep the beam precisely on-target, even in the event of building shift.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
Section 7. 3.3 - Choosing the right optical beam & smoke detectors
Primary factors tend to be ease of installation, ease of use, reliability and, of course, cost. Typically, reflective beam systems will offer the
best balance of these, and therefore should usually be the default choice. When, however, there are issues with objects near the beam
path, the potential for direct sunlight on the receiver head, or aesthetic considerations, it is highly recommended to look at the use of an
end to end system instead as this may offer considerable savings to time and cost, as well as fewer headaches down the line.
If you have any questions about wide area smoke detection that havent been answered here, please dont hesitate to contact us - as the
largest independent manufacturer specifically of infrared beam detection systems, we can offer the expert guidance needed to safely and
correctly choose and install the right detector for any situation.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
Section 7. 3.4 - Getting the best from optical beam & smoke detectors
Modern optical beam smoke detectors provide a simple and effective solution
for detecting smoke in large indoor areas. Part of this effectiveness comes
from their versatility, and it is well worth remembering that there is more to
beams than just sitting under a ceiling.
This article will explain some additional uses for beam detection, and in
particular how they can be used when waiting for the smoke to hit the roof is
not good enough.
Beam detectors are specifically designed for this sort of situation, and have a wide area of coverage per beam of up to 1500m2 (BS5839)
or 19,800 sq ft (NFPA 72). The large area of coverage per beam is supported by a low cost of installation, simple maintenance, and re-
duced aesthetic intrusion to offer a tailor-made fire protection package for spacious indoor areas.
Modern beam detectors come with a control unit mounted at the operators eye-level. Using the control unit display, the user can easily
adjust beam settings, view system parameters and, with certain newer detectors, perform initial beam alignment using the integrated
visible alignment lasers.
A new technology that recently came to the market enables multiple detector heads to run on one single
control unit, providing even more efficient protection of larger areas. One controller for multiple heads
means less wiring, easier installation, and easier management particularly for effective coverage of
more unorthodox or complex indoor spaces.
In a fire as the smoke plume rises, it becomes less dense. Typically this therefore means that the higher
the ceiling, the lower the particle density at the height of detection at some point falling even lower
than the alarm threshold for point detectors. Due to these facts, there are limitations on the maximum
height of point detectors use, in some installation codes. By contrast, the same physics actually make
beam detectors more effective at height: as the smoke plume rises and widens, it affects a greater area
and subsequently involves more of the beam. This advantage also carries over into situations where
building airflows tend to disperse smoke around the ceiling, having less effect on the long, wide
detection pattern of a beam detector than the comparatively tiny sensor chamber of a point detector.
High sensitivity smoke detection (HSSD) or aspirating systems, which are also typically ceiling-mounted, are another option for large indoor
spaces, however they suffer from their complexity and time-consuming installation. A network of end-caps, sampling pipes, brackets,
elbows and labels must be designed, fitted and maintained, which can be costly and inconvenient depending on the specifics and
requirements of the situation. The aspirating pipe itself can also be quite obtrusive, and hiding it requires yet further work installing capil-
lary tubes and drilling into the ceiling. Also, as with point detectors, aspirating detectors are also constrained to lower heights in the instal-
lation codes.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
Section 7. 3.4 - Getting the best from optical beam & smoke detectors
Another level
Smoke detection systems rely on the hot gases and smoke from a fire rising to the ceiling to reach the detectors installed there. The
principle is that the ceiling acts as a trap for the products of the fire, collecting smoke and gas as the heat causes them to rise, thus
activating ceiling-level detectors. As we have already discussed, beam detectors are effective at greater heights than other methods, due
to the massively increased size of thesensing area essentially counteracting the problem of plume expansion and subsequent density
reduction with height. Typically however, they still benefit to a certain extent from the build-up effect caused by the ceiling. So, what if, for
whatever reason, not enough smoke reaches the ceiling to activate an alarm?
Layers of protection
In this situation, most commonly seen in high-ceilinged spaces, the smoke spreads out below the layer of warm air, as though trapped
under an invisible ceiling of its own. This obviously renders ceiling-mounted detectors (i.e. point and aspirating) less effective unless
and until the smoke breaks through the stratification layer. One solution to this problem is wall-mounted beam detectors, typically sited up
to 600mm (BS5839) or 24 (NFPA) below ceiling level, which are less likely to be in the clear air above the invisible ceiling. Some
installation codes such as NFPA 92B Smoke Control even allow beams to be angled so that they are not parallel to the ceiling, enabling
them to see through the stratification layer. This also allows the placement of the beam detector for easier access for installation and
maintenance. Of course, adding a supplementary beam layer as discussed above would also be a viable option to aid timely detection.
Another application that is not commonly known for beams is their use in sensitive electronic equipment rooms. Some standards of
practice specifically include beams as a potentially suitable detector type for exactly that environment.
Ultimately, the choice of detector and configuration depend upon the situation: the building geometry, the nature of the environment, the
speed of detection required based on an evaluation of risk, and the nature of combustible materials present and resulting likely smoke
energy and density. One of the key benefits of beam detectors is the versatility they inherently carry due to the relative lack of limitations
on their detection area and mounting position.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
Section 7. 3.4 - Getting the best from optical beam & smoke detectors
Top of the line
The constant process of innovation, development and refinement means that the modern optical beam smoke detector is well-equipped
and features more than just basic smoke detection.
One of the major advances on the actual detection side of things is the increased ability of some of the latest detectors to recognise the
differences between smoke and other sources of interference, reducing the potential for false alarms and protecting against things that
may impair fire protection efficacy.
For example, dust or dirt can easily build up over time on the beams active surfaces (lenses and reflector), resulting obviously in reduced
signal reception. This tends to be very gradual and follow a predictable pattern, so intelligent beam detectors recognise this for what it is
and adjust the beams gain (essentially amplification) to automatically compensate for this gradual drop in received signal, retaining an
optimal level for safe detection.The current Automatic Gain Compensation (AGC) value can also be checked on the low-level controller to
give an indication of when maintenance may be necessary.
Moving from the long-term to the short, sudden and very high beam obscuration is typical of solid objects blocking the beam path. Modern
beams are programmed to account for this, and know that it is not characteristic of smoke, so do not trigger an immediate alarm. If the
obstruction is present for more than a set time, the intelligent beam will indicate this as a fault, alerting the user so that appropriate
remedial action can be taken to restore full detection capability.
Some beam detectors now even feature motors inside the housing
to easily adjust the lens position and hence beam direction. In a
motorised beam detector, the user benefits from the rapid,
automatic and reliable alignment of such a system, letting the
software and hardware carry the burden of accurate alignment. This
technology also means that, in addition to the aforementioned
compensation for dust and dirt build-up, motorised beams can also
compensate for the misalignment that could be caused by building
shift. Using data over time, the beam automatically adjusts its
direction and sensitivity to keep the beam accurately targeted at the
reflector and the signal at an optimum level. This automatic self-
correction can even play a role if inadvertent impacts on the beam
move it out of alignment. This is helpful for busy areas like sports
halls, and even greater protection can be achieved by enclosing the
detectors in protective wire cage accessories.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
Section 7. 3.4 - Getting the best from optical beam & smoke detectors
End of the line
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
A good visual analogy is a torch beam of visible light: the beam expands outwards in a cone, its intensity dropping with distance from the
central axis. Beam detectors essentially detect how much darker the end of the beam has become due to smoke interference. In a torch
light, as with IR, beams can cross without scattering, which is what allows reflective beam systems to function. IR light is used as it is
significantly affected by both smoke particles and the heat haze of a fire, and is invisible to the human eye somewhat less intrusive than
an actual torch beam.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
A minor, gradual increase in obscuration is not typical of smoke interference, but might well be due to dust and dirt build-up on the active
surfaces. Software in more advanced beam detectors can detect this slow change, and increase the gain (a form of signal amplification)
to automatically compensate for this. By contrast, sudden and very high beam obscuration is almost certainly a solid object in the beams
path, and will trigger a Fault status so that the path can be cleared. In this way, intelligent beam detector systems are able to perform
accurately and effectively over a long period of time and with minimal manual maintenance.
As their names suggest, and has been touched upon already, there
are two fundamental types of beam detectors. End-to-end systems
have the transmitter and receiver on opposite sides of the area to
be protected. They can be up to 100m apart, and the receiver can
be connected to a control unit installed at ground level for easy
maintenance. Reflective systems have the beam transmitter and
receiver in the same housing (a transceiver), with a reflective plate
on the opposite wall. This can still be up to 100m away, and the
plate is prismatic so that it will reflect the beam straight back, even
if it is not mounted perpendicularly to the transmission path.
Very recently, technology was also developed that allows the use of multiple transceiver heads running on one single controller. This
enables cost-effective protection for larger areas, and improved coverage options for unorthodox indoor spaces.
New developments in beam detection technology have led to a choice between inexpensive simplicity and intelligent automation.
Traditionally, adjusting the beams power and direction would have to be performed manually at the time of installation, and then
maintained over time to compensate for dust build-up and building shift. This is where building elements can gradually move in very slight
increments, affecting the beams aim and effectiveness.
Recently, the option has become available to choose automated, motorised beam adjustment. This technology uses data from the unit
over time to automatically adjust its direction and sensitivity to keep the beam accurately aligned and the signal at an optimum level. This
is fast, reliable, and eases installation, as well as reducing both the need and time taken for continued maintenance.
As already mentioned, by their nature beam detectors cover a huge area, and thus require fewer units and wiring than other detector
types, but there are other things to consider as well. Beams are less affected than other types of detector by high ceilings, harsh
environments and airflow blowing smoke away. As a smoke plume rises it becomes less dense, which leads to a maximum operating
height for point detectors since the particle density can fall below the alarm threshold. Since a beam operates over a linear path, the
density of the plume has no effect only the total number of smoke particles in the beam path. As the plume widens, it involves more of
the beam, making beam detectors more effective as height increases compared to other detectors.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
Breathe easy
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
A stable base
IR interference
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
Conclusion
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
7.4 Miscellaneous
EVCs Type A outstation 7.4 Facilities for the disabled: Emergency voice communication system (EVCS) 7.4
Performance objectives ..........................................................................................................7.4.1
Design parameters..................................................................................................................7.4.2
System design.........................................................................................................................7.4.3
System components ..............................................................................................................7.4.4
Installation...............................................................................................................................7.4.5
Testing and commissioning.....................................................................................................7.4.6
Submissions............................................................................................................................7.4.7
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.4 Miscellaneous
All functions shall be combined in a single system, manageable from multiple locations where appropriate, to prevent miscommunication.
A single master handset shall take control during an emergency, and all communication between outstations, including conference calling
shall be controlled from that Master Handset.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.4 Miscellaneous
In some buildings it might be necessary to take into consideration that the EVC system will address multiple uses and the outstation
design will reflect its intended use.
Design Guidance
The following should be consulted when determining the type and function of an EVC system:\
Approved document B (fire safety) Volume 2: buildings other than dwelling houses
BS 9999;
Guide to safety at sports grounds, fifth edition, 2008
Fire safety guide No 3, phased evacuation from office buildings. London district surveyors association
Guidance documents that support fire safety legislation;
Any authority responsible for enforcing fire safety legislation that applies to the premises.
Outstation choice
Type A For all uses by the fire service or fire wardens, and in all fire fighting lift lobbies
Type B In locations primarily used by the public, a refuge point shall be supplied in all designated refuge areas
Duo units Areas such as fire fighting lobbies which contain both a fire-fighting lift and a refuge area
Emergency assist call points In disabled toilets or shower areas, where attention is sought, but conversation is not
required
Outstation position
For the position of type A, B and duo outstations building regulations document B should be consulted, for the location of emergency
assist alarms building regulations document M should be consulted.
Documentation
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.4 Miscellaneous
On smaller systems items a and b may be combined into a single unit such as the VCC5 Compact or VCCM9 compact controllers
Master Handsets
Master Handsets shall be positioned at the main point(s) of attendance within the building or complex, and shall be used to control all
functions of the EVCS.
For systems of five outstations or less, control shall be by use of a single button per line with RED LED call and yellow LED fault indication
per line.
For all other systems control and indication shall be by a clear high contrast white backlit four line, twenty characters LCD with a high
contrast blue diffuser, giving clear indication of:
Current calls
Faults and logs
System status
Outstation directory
System menus
Control of the LCD shall be by a three button navigation system with the following functions:
Slave exchanges
1. Slave exchange units interface outstations to the EVCS controller, in smaller systems this will be combined within
the master controller, in larger systems these will be distributed enclosures.
2. The slave exchange shall be housed in a metal enclosure with sufficient 20mm gland knockouts for all required
cables and suitable for mounting in a riser cupboard.
3. The slave exchange shall house a power supply for its own operation and the supply of current to master handsets as
required including:
A battery and charger to meet the requirements of EN54-4.
Ensuring the battery support has sufficient capacity to maintain the system operation for up to 24 hours in a quiescent
mode and 3 hour operation.
Ensure the battery charger is capable of re-charging discharged batteries to 100% of their rated capacity within a 24
hour period and more than 80% within 12 hours.
Ensure the power supply in the battery charger has a constant voltage output with compensation for variation in
battery temperature. Check batteries are protected from discharge by a solid state switch which disconnects the
negative terminal.
Design the power supply and supervisory board to maintain the batteries, on float charge and in good condition, for
ten years at an ambient temperature of 25 degrees C. Ensure the charger compensates for ambient temperature
changes in order to maximise the battery life and minimise the recharge time.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.4 Miscellaneous
1. These outstations shall comprise a solid metal enclosure with a push door, and provided in either RAL3000 with a white
screen print or in a brushed stainless steel finish with a red screen print.
2. The enclosure shall contain a robust red handset on an extendable coiled cable.
3. The answering of a call, or the initiation of a call shall be by the lifting of the handset alone, no other actions shall be required
4. The enclosure should contain a red confidence LED which should light solidly when the handset is on hook, and flash
when the outstation is being called.
5. A sounder shall be present in the enclosure and ring when the outstation is being called.
Type B outstations
1. These outstations shall comprise a solid metal enclosure and provided with a green screen print with a white detail, or in a
brushed stainless steel finish with a red etched print.
2. The outstation shall be hands free in operation.
3. The answering of a call, or the initiation of a call shall be by pressing the call button, no other actions shall be required
4. The unit shall contain a red confidence LEDs which flash every three seconds to locate the call point in low light conditions,
and light solidly when a call is connected.
5. A sounder shall be present in the enclosure and ring when the outstation is being called.
Tactile braille shall be applied to the unit to identify the operation and raised edges shall be applied to the label to identify
operational buttons.
Duo outstations
1. These outstations shall comprise a solid metal enclosure with a push door, and provided in either RAL3000 with a white
screen print or in a brushed stainless steel finish with a red screen print.
2. The enclosure shall contain a robust red handset on an extendable coiled cable behind a push door, and a green hands-free
type B outstation on the front of the unit
3. The answering of a call, or the initiation of a call shall be by either pressing the call button on the hands free unit or the
lifting of the handset. The handset shall always over-ride the handsfree operation.
4. The unit shall contain a red confidence LED which should light solidly when the handset is on hook, and flash when the
outstation is being called.
5. A sounder shall be present and ring when the outstation is being called.
1. The emergency call outstation comprises three components, the pull cord, the over door indicator and the cancel
point.
2. The disabled call system shall receive all power from the EVCS system and not require a local supply unit.
3. The interconnection for this unit shall be monitored by the EVCS by use of a 10K resistor in the pull cord unit
4. The cancel point shall be white with a blue label showing the word CANCEL in white text and Braille, it shall have a blue
halo which lights when the pull cord is operated
5. The over door indicator shall comprise a blue indicator on a white plate and a high level sounder, which illuminate/sound
when the pull cord is activated
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.4 Miscellaneous
7.4.5 Installation
Responsibilities
The EVCS installer shall coordinate with other installers to ensure correct inter-operability with other systems (including but not limited to
BMS, electrical, ceiling contractor) and to achieve proper spatial control of equipment and components. Install all equipment in the
locations as indicated on the design drawings. Ensure all equipment (except portable equipment) is firmly held in place. Check fastenings
and supports are adequate to support their loads with a safety factor of at least three. If attachment to roof truss members is required to
lift equipment into place, only attach by permanent lifting eyelets provided in the roof truss. Do not weld or drill the steel roof truss, use
approved clamping arrangements employing neoprene or similar bearing pads for permanent attachment to trusses, protecting the truss
finish. Use multi-pin connectors or terminals to mechanically and electrically interconnect various items of equipment.
Cabling
Earth EVC cabling in accordance with BS 7671.
All wiring for type A and duo outstations and all network cables shall be in enhanced type fire resisting cables.
Type B outstations shall be wired in standard rated fired cables, except where they are at increased risk of exposure to
fire in adjoining fire compartments.
Disabled call units shall be wired in two core LSF cables as a minimum.
Lay the cabling on the dedicated fire alarm system/ EVC cable tray throughout the complex. Where cables are installed
on tray, fix the cables using fire rated clips.
Documentation
Issue an installation certificate as required by BS5839 part 9 :2011.
Tests
1. Fully test calling from all outstations to master handset or handsets
2. Test calling from all master handsets to each outstation
3. Report any excessive noise on communication links
4. Measure the background noise at each of the master handset locations and ensure this is below 45dBA
5. Ensure no sounder or voice alarm speakers are in refuge locations
Procedure
1. Fully demonstrate the complete operation of the system to the satisfaction of the engineer.
2. Prepare a fully detailed method statement for the test, commissioning and demonstration stating exactly how these are to
be carried out including interface with the fire alarm system. Submit the statement to the engineer for comment one
month in advance of the test.
3. Fully test the EVCS to ensure the correct operation of all master handsets and outstations.
4. Provide three hard copies of the results on A1 or A0 layout drawings and include in the O&M instruction manuals.
Provide electronic copies of the drawings in AutoCAD 2000 format on a CDROM.
Documentation
1. Issue a system test certificate detailing compliance with all the relevant british standards and this specification.
2. Issue two hard copies of all documentation immediately to the engineer for comment prior to inclusion in the handover
documentation.
3. Following receipt of comments, amend all documentation (including as fitted drawings, O&M manual documentation and
system instruction drawings & manuals) and issue three hard copies and three electronic copies of all documentation.
Provide electronic text documents in either Microsoft Word or Excel format, and all drawings in AutoCAD format.
System instruction
1. Instruct the employers representatives on the operation of the system.
2. Include a practical demonstration of the installation and equipment. Arrange the required demonstration and agree the
times and dates with regard to the overall contract programme works.
3. Ensure that the as fitted manuals and drawings are made available for the employers demonstration and instruction.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
Installers submissions
Operating and maintenance instructions for all items of equipment including: -
Master handsets
Exchange units
Outstations as appropriate
As wired drawings
BS5839pt9:2011 design certificate
BS5839pt9:2011 installation certificate
BS5839pt9:2011 commissioning certificate
Details of all system testing
Prepare all installations and record drawings, supply proper operating and maintenance instructions and provide adequate demonstration to
and training of the clients representatives, for the system in accordance with the standards listed in clause W15.200 and the relevant
sections of this specification.
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
For areas where people are sleeping, sounder devices should produce a Vertical shafts, such as lift shafts and open stairways, should have a device
minimum 75dB(A) at the bed-head with all doors shut. In buildings likely to mounted within 1.5m of any opening.
provide sleeping accommodation for the hearing impaired, consideration should y
be given to the incorporation of both audio and visual devices.
3 TopTip
If the area to be covered is not square, use the larger of either the length
Voids less than 800mm in height are required to have a risk assessment to The centre of the element of the manual callpoint should be positioned or width to ensure that the whole area is covered.
determine if AFD is required. Voids in excess of 800mm require 1.4m (+/-200mm) from oor level (unless a wheelchair user is likely to be
If the distance (y) measured above is greater than the VADs rated
independent coverage. the rst person to raise the alarm, when this is applicable it should be
coverage, then several devices will be required to cover the area.
noted on any certication).
10 17 21
From 31st December 2013 a new beacon standard, The new Eaton branded catalogue is designed to bring
EN 54-23 became mandatory across Europe where together the full range of fire safety products we have
Construction Product Regulation (CPR) applies. available - including intelligent addressable systems,
conventional systems, UL listed addressable systems,
Eatons LX range has been designed to comply with the
emergency voice communications and voice alarm
new EN 54-23 standard - three years in the making, the
systems.
LX range features a number of patented technologies
including an innovative lens and flash pattern. (Part code CF-CC2556)
(Part code CFS-LX2013CAT-V1)
All of our literature is also available electronically from our website: www.cooperfire.com
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Specifiers guide 7.3 Miscellaneous
Contact
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Product code cross reference
Intelligent Addressable
2 Loop Control Panel, Integral Printer, Extended Battery CF30002GPEB DF60002PEB DF60002PEB
4 Loop Control Panel, Integral Printer, Extended Battery CF30004GPEB DF60004PEB DF60004PEB
Australian sounder base (Only for Australian Market) CAS380AU CAS380AU CAS380AU
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Product code cross reference
Weatherproof VAD wall sounder beacon bell tone CASB393WPB CASB393WPB CASB393WPB
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Product code cross reference
Micro Single Channel Output Unit (recognised as sounder) MCOM-S MCOM-S MCOM-S
Micro Single Channel Output Unit (5 second reset pulse) MCOM-R MCOM-R MCOM-R
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Product code cross reference
UL Approved
2 Loop Panel, Integral Printer, Red Metal Box ULCF30002GPRM ULDF60002PRM ULFX60002PRM
2 Loop Panel, Network Card, Red Metal Box ULCF30002GNCRM ULDF60002NCRM ULFX60002NCRM
2 Loop Panel, Integral Printer, Network Card, Red Metal Box ULCF30002GPNCRM ULDF60002PNCRM ULFX60002PNCRM
4 Loop Panel, Integral Printer, Red Metal Box ULCF30004GPRM ULDF60004PRM ULFX60004PRM
4 Loop Panel, Network Card, Red Metal Box ULCF30004GNCRM ULDF60004NCRM ULFX60004NCRM
4 Loop Panel, Integral Printer, Network Card, Red Metal Box ULCF30004GPNCRM ULDF60004PNCRM ULFX60004PNCRM
Rack Mounted 2 Loop Panel c/w Network Card ULR3000L2NC ULR3000L2NC ULR3000L2NC
Rack Mounted 4 Loop Panel c/w Network Card ULR3000L4NC ULR3000L4NC ULR3000L4NC
2 Wire Detector, Rate of Rise and Fixed Heat 135F UCHR-2W UCHR-2W UCHR-2W
2 Wire Detector, Rate of Rise and Fixed Heat 194F UCHRI-2W UCHRI-2W UCHRI-2W
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Product code cross reference
Exposed Conduit, Surface Mount Back Box (RED) WPSBB WPSBB WPSBB
Concealed Conduit Surface Mount Back Box (RED) WPSBB + WPKIT WPSBB + WPKIT WPSBB + WPKIT
Conventional single action pull station (back box ordered seperately) SG42BK2 SG42BK2 SG42BK2
Conventional double action pull station (back box ordered seper- SG42BK1 SG42BK1 SG42BK1
ately)
Micro Single Channel Output Unit (recognised as output unit) ULMCOM ULMCOM ULMCOM
Micro Single Channel Output Unit (recognised as sounder) ULMCOM-S ULMCOM-S ULMCOM-S
Micro Single Channel Input Unit (recognised as input unit) ULMCIM ULMCIM ULMCIM
Micro Single Channel Input Unit (recognised as callpoint) ULMCIM-C ULMCIM-C ULMCIM-C
Conventional
Repeater Panel (only compatible with 8 zone panel) CFPRP4000 MFPRP4000 FXPRP4000
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Product code cross reference
RoLP Wall Red Body Base & Sounder FXROLPWR FXROLPWR FXROLPWR
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Product code cross reference
Floor Mounting Bracket for Heavy Duty Door Retainers ZMDRFBB ZMDRFBB ZMDRFBB
Floor Mounting Bracket for Compact Door Retainers FX021LCFB FX021LCFB FX021LCFB
VoCALL 10 Line Networkable Master System, Desk Mount, Graph- EFVCMX10 EFVCMX10 EFVCMX10
ite
VoCALL 10 Line Networkable Master System, Wall Surface Mount, EFVCWSMX10 EFVCWSMX10 EFVCWSMX10
Graphite
VoCALL 10 Line Networkable Master System, Wall Flush Mount, EFVCWFMX10 EFVCWFMX10 EFVCWFMX10
Graphite
VoCALL 10 Line Networkable Master System, Surface Mount, EFVCWSMX10SS EFVCWSMX10SS EFVCWSMX10SS
Stainless Steel
VoCALL 10 Line Networkable Master System, Flush Mount, Stain- EFVCWFMX10SS EFVCWFMX10SS EFVCWFMX10SS
less Steel
VoCALL 10 Line Network Ready Exchange Unit, Graphite EVCNX10 EVCNX10 EVCNX10
VoCall Compact 5 Line Master Exchange Unit, Non-Network, Sur- ESVCC5 ESVCC5 ESVCC5
face Mount, Graphite
VoCall Compact 5 Line Master Exchange Unit, Non-Network, Flush EFVCC5 EFVCC5 EFVCC5
Mount, Graphite
VoCall Compact 5 Line Master Exchange Unit, Non-Network, Sur- ESVCC5SS ESVCC5SS ESVCC5SS
face Mount, Stainless Steel
VoCall Compact 5 Line Master Exchange Unit, Non-Network, Flush EFVCC5SS EFVCC5SS EFVCC5SS
Mount, Stainless Steel
VoCall 10 Line Non-Network, Master Exchange Unit , Wall Surface EFVCWSM10 EFVCWSM10 EFVCWSM10
Mount, Graphite
VoCall 10 Line Non-Network, Master Exchange Unit, Wall Flush EFVCWFM10 EFVCWFM10 EFVCWFM10
Mount, Graphite
VoCall 10 Line Non-Network, Master Exchange Unit, Wall Surface EFVCWSM10SS EFVCWSM10SS EFVCWSM10SS
Mount, Stainless Steel
VoCall 10 Line Non-Network, Master Exchange Unit, Wall Flush EFVCWFM10SS EFVCWFM10SS EFVCWFM10SS
Mount, Stainless Steel
VoCall Type A Outstation, Surface Mount, Stainless Steel CFVCSHPSS CFVCSHPSS CFVCSHPSS
VoCall Type A Outstation, Flush Mount, Stainless Steel CFVCFHPSS CFVCFHPSS CFVCFHPSS
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015
Product code cross reference
VoCallType A Outstation, IP65 Lockable, Surface Mount, Red CFVCIPA CFVCIPA CFVCIPA
VoCall Type B Outstation, Surface Mount, Stainless Steel CFVCSHFSS CFVCSHFSS CFVCSHFSS
VoCall Flush Mounting Bezel for use with any Type B Outstation, CFVCFHB CFVCFHB CFVCFHB
Stainless Steel
VoCall Combined Type A and Type B flush mount outstation CFVCDUO CFVCDUO CFVCDUO
Voice
EATON - SPECIFIERS GUIDE - FIRE AND VOICE ALARM SYSTEMS SGTEXT February 2015